blob: 1acc3559680c73c8e116a8be57a7d97d65c6d18e [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2013
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
Wolfgang Denkeca3aeb2013-06-21 10:22:36 +02005# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006#
7
8Summary:
9========
10
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000011This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000012Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
13processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
14initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
15code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000016
17The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000018the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
19header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000020support booting of Linux images.
21
22Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
23configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
24implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
25add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
26code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
27load and run it dynamically.
28
29
30Status:
31=======
32
33In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000035"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
36
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000037In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +020038who contributed the specific port. The boards.cfg file lists board
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010039maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000040
Robert P. J. Dayadb9d852012-11-14 02:03:20 +000041Note: There is no CHANGELOG file in the actual U-Boot source tree;
42it can be created dynamically from the Git log using:
43
44 make CHANGELOG
45
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000046
47Where to get help:
48==================
49
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
51U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050052<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
53on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
54Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
55http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
57
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010058Where to get source code:
59=========================
60
61The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
62git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
63http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
64
65The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020066any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010067available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
68directory.
69
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010070Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010071ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
72
73
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000074Where we come from:
75===================
76
77- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000078- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000079- clean up code
80- make it easier to add custom boards
81- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
82- extend functions, especially:
83 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
84 * S-Record download
85 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020086 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000087- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000088- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +020090- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000091
92
93Names and Spelling:
94===================
95
96The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
97"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
98in source files etc.). Example:
99
100 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
101
102File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
103
104 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
105
106 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
107
108Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
109the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
110
111 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
112 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000113
114
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000115Versioning:
116===========
117
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200118Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
119were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
120into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
121names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
122Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
123releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000124
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200125Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000126 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200127 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
128 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000129
130
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000131Directory Hierarchy:
132====================
133
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500134/arch Architecture specific files
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900135 /arc Files generic to ARC architecture
136 /cpu CPU specific files
137 /arc700 Files specific to ARC 700 CPUs
138 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500139 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
140 /cpu CPU specific files
141 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
142 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000143 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200144 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
145 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500146 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
147 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500148 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500149 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
150 /lib Architecture specific library files
151 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
152 /cpu CPU specific files
153 /lib Architecture specific library files
154 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
155 /cpu CPU specific files
156 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500157 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
158 /cpu CPU specific files
159 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
160 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
161 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
162 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
163 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
164 /lib Architecture specific library files
165 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
166 /cpu CPU specific files
167 /lib Architecture specific library files
168 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
169 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200170 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Masahiro Yamada6eae68e2014-03-07 18:02:02 +0900171 /mips64 Files specific to MIPS64 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500172 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000173 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
174 /cpu CPU specific files
175 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
176 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500177 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
178 /cpu CPU specific files
179 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400180 /openrisc Files generic to OpenRISC architecture
181 /cpu CPU specific files
182 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200183 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500184 /cpu CPU specific files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
186 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
187 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500188 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
189 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
190 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
191 /lib Architecture specific library files
192 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
193 /cpu CPU specific files
194 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
195 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
196 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
197 /lib Architecture specific library files
198 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
199 /cpu CPU specific files
200 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
201 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
202 /lib Architecture specific library files
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400203 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
204 /cpu CPU specific files
205 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500206/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
207/board Board dependent files
208/common Misc architecture independent functions
209/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
210/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
211/drivers Commonly used device drivers
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400212/dts Contains Makefile for building internal U-Boot fdt.
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500213/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
214/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
215/include Header Files
216/lib Files generic to all architectures
217 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
218 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
219 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
220/net Networking code
221/post Power On Self Test
Robert P. J. Day33c77312013-09-15 18:34:15 -0400222/spl Secondary Program Loader framework
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500223/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000224
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000225Software Configuration:
226=======================
227
228Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
229rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
230
231There are two classes of configuration variables:
232
233* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
234 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
235 "CONFIG_".
236
237* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
238 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
239 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200240 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000241
242Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
243identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
244do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
245links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
246as an example here.
247
248
249Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
250---------------------------------------------------
251
252For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200253configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_defconfig".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000254
255Example: For a TQM823L module type:
256
257 cd u-boot
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200258 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200260For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +0200261e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_defconfig". And also configure the cogent
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000262directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
263
264
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600265Sandbox Environment:
266--------------------
267
268U-Boot can be built natively to run on a Linux host using the 'sandbox'
269board. This allows feature development which is not board- or architecture-
270specific to be undertaken on a native platform. The sandbox is also used to
271run some of U-Boot's tests.
272
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Teki6b1978f2014-08-31 21:19:43 +0530273See board/sandbox/README.sandbox for more details.
Simon Glass75b3c3a2014-03-22 17:12:59 -0600274
275
Simon Glassdb910352015-03-03 08:03:00 -0700276Board Initialisation Flow:
277--------------------------
278
279This is the intended start-up flow for boards. This should apply for both
280SPL and U-Boot proper (i.e. they both follow the same rules). At present SPL
281mostly uses a separate code path, but the funtion names and roles of each
282function are the same. Some boards or architectures may not conform to this.
283At least most ARM boards which use CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK conform to this.
284
285Execution starts with start.S with three functions called during init after
286that. The purpose and limitations of each is described below.
287
288lowlevel_init():
289 - purpose: essential init to permit execution to reach board_init_f()
290 - no global_data or BSS
291 - there is no stack (ARMv7 may have one but it will soon be removed)
292 - must not set up SDRAM or use console
293 - must only do the bare minimum to allow execution to continue to
294 board_init_f()
295 - this is almost never needed
296 - return normally from this function
297
298board_init_f():
299 - purpose: set up the machine ready for running board_init_r():
300 i.e. SDRAM and serial UART
301 - global_data is available
302 - stack is in SRAM
303 - BSS is not available, so you cannot use global/static variables,
304 only stack variables and global_data
305
306 Non-SPL-specific notes:
307 - dram_init() is called to set up DRAM. If already done in SPL this
308 can do nothing
309
310 SPL-specific notes:
311 - you can override the entire board_init_f() function with your own
312 version as needed.
313 - preloader_console_init() can be called here in extremis
314 - should set up SDRAM, and anything needed to make the UART work
315 - these is no need to clear BSS, it will be done by crt0.S
316 - must return normally from this function (don't call board_init_r()
317 directly)
318
319Here the BSS is cleared. For SPL, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined, then at
320this point the stack and global_data are relocated to below
321CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR. For non-SPL, U-Boot is relocated to run at the top of
322memory.
323
324board_init_r():
325 - purpose: main execution, common code
326 - global_data is available
327 - SDRAM is available
328 - BSS is available, all static/global variables can be used
329 - execution eventually continues to main_loop()
330
331 Non-SPL-specific notes:
332 - U-Boot is relocated to the top of memory and is now running from
333 there.
334
335 SPL-specific notes:
336 - stack is optionally in SDRAM, if CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R is defined and
337 CONFIG_SPL_STACK_R_ADDR points into SDRAM
338 - preloader_console_init() can be called here - typically this is
339 done by defining CONFIG_SPL_BOARD_INIT and then supplying a
340 spl_board_init() function containing this call
341 - loads U-Boot or (in falcon mode) Linux
342
343
344
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000345Configuration Options:
346----------------------
347
348Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
349such information is kept in a configuration file
350"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
351
352Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
353"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
354
355
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000356Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
357kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
358build a config tool - later.
359
360
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000361The following options need to be configured:
362
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500363- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000364
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500365- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200366
367- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100368 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000369
370- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
371 Define exactly one of
372 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
373--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
374 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
375 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
376
377- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
378 Define exactly one of
379 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
380
381- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
382 Define one or more of
383 CONFIG_CMA302
384
385- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
386 Define one or more of
387 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200388 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000389 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
390
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530391- Marvell Family Member
392 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
393 multiple fs option at one time
394 for marvell soc family
395
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200396- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000397 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
398 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000399 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
400 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000401 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
402 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000403
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000404- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200405 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
406 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000407 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000408 See doc/README.MPC866
409
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200410 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000411
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000412 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
413 of relying on the correctness of the configured
414 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
415 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
416 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200417 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000418
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100419 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
420
421 Define this option if you want to enable the
422 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
423
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600424- 85xx CPU Options:
York Sunffd06e02012-10-08 07:44:30 +0000425 CONFIG_SYS_PPC64
426
427 Specifies that the core is a 64-bit PowerPC implementation (implements
428 the "64" category of the Power ISA). This is necessary for ePAPR
429 compliance, among other possible reasons.
430
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600431 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
432
433 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
434 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
435 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
436
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500437 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
438
439 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
440 tree nodes for the given platform.
441
Prabhakar Kushwahaafa6b552012-04-29 23:56:13 +0000442 CONFIG_SYS_PPC_E500_DEBUG_TLB
443
444 Enables a temporary TLB entry to be used during boot to work
445 around limitations in e500v1 and e500v2 external debugger
446 support. This reduces the portions of the boot code where
447 breakpoints and single stepping do not work. The value of this
448 symbol should be set to the TLB1 entry to be used for this
449 purpose.
450
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000451 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510
452
453 Enables a workaround for erratum A004510. If set,
454 then CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV and
455 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY must be set.
456
457 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV
458 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510_SVR_REV2 (optional)
459
460 Defines one or two SoC revisions (low 8 bits of SVR)
461 for which the A004510 workaround should be applied.
462
463 The rest of SVR is either not relevant to the decision
464 of whether the erratum is present (e.g. p2040 versus
465 p2041) or is implied by the build target, which controls
466 whether CONFIG_SYS_FSL_ERRATUM_A004510 is set.
467
468 See Freescale App Note 4493 for more information about
469 this erratum.
470
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530471 CONFIG_A003399_NOR_WORKAROUND
472 Enables a workaround for IFC erratum A003399. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800473 required during NOR boot.
Prabhakar Kushwaha74fa22e2013-04-16 13:27:44 +0530474
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530475 CONFIG_A008044_WORKAROUND
476 Enables a workaround for T1040/T1042 erratum A008044. It is only
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800477 required during NAND boot and valid for Rev 1.0 SoC revision
Prabhakar Kushwaha9f074e62014-10-29 22:33:09 +0530478
Scott Wood33eee332012-08-14 10:14:53 +0000479 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_CORENET_SNOOPVEC_COREONLY
480
481 This is the value to write into CCSR offset 0x18600
482 according to the A004510 workaround.
483
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530484 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_DDR_ADDR
485 This value denotes start offset of DDR memory which is
486 connected exclusively to the DSP cores.
487
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530488 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M2_RAM_ADDR
489 This value denotes start offset of M2 memory
490 which is directly connected to the DSP core.
491
Priyanka Jain64501c62013-07-02 09:21:04 +0530492 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_M3_RAM_ADDR
493 This value denotes start offset of M3 memory which is directly
494 connected to the DSP core.
495
Priyanka Jain765b0bd2013-04-04 09:31:54 +0530496 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DSP_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT
497 This value denotes start offset of DSP CCSR space.
498
Priyanka Jainb1359912013-12-17 14:25:52 +0530499 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SINGLE_SOURCE_CLK
500 Single Source Clock is clocking mode present in some of FSL SoC's.
501 In this mode, a single differential clock is used to supply
502 clocks to the sysclock, ddrclock and usbclock.
503
Aneesh Bansalfb4a2402014-03-18 23:40:26 +0530504 CONFIG_SYS_CPC_REINIT_F
505 This CONFIG is defined when the CPC is configured as SRAM at the
506 time of U-boot entry and is required to be re-initialized.
507
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800508 CONFIG_DEEP_SLEEP
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800509 Indicates this SoC supports deep sleep feature. If deep sleep is
Tang Yuantianaade2002014-04-17 15:33:46 +0800510 supported, core will start to execute uboot when wakes up.
511
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000512- Generic CPU options:
York Sun2a1680e2014-05-02 17:28:04 -0700513 CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_GLOBAL_DATA
514 Defines global data is initialized in generic board board_init_f().
515 If this macro is defined, global data is created and cleared in
516 generic board board_init_f(). Without this macro, architecture/board
517 should initialize global data before calling board_init_f().
518
Daniel Schwierzeck6cb461b2012-04-02 02:57:56 +0000519 CONFIG_SYS_BIG_ENDIAN, CONFIG_SYS_LITTLE_ENDIAN
520
521 Defines the endianess of the CPU. Implementation of those
522 values is arch specific.
523
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700524 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR
525 Freescale DDR driver in use. This type of DDR controller is
526 found in mpc83xx, mpc85xx, mpc86xx as well as some ARM core
527 SoCs.
528
529 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_ADDR
530 Freescale DDR memory-mapped register base.
531
532 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_EMU
533 Specify emulator support for DDR. Some DDR features such as
534 deskew training are not available.
535
536 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN1
537 Freescale DDR1 controller.
538
539 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN2
540 Freescale DDR2 controller.
541
542 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN3
543 Freescale DDR3 controller.
544
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700545 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_GEN4
546 Freescale DDR4 controller.
547
York Sun9ac4ffb2013-09-30 14:20:51 -0700548 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDRC_ARM_GEN3
549 Freescale DDR3 controller for ARM-based SoCs.
550
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700551 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR1
552 Board config to use DDR1. It can be enabled for SoCs with
553 Freescale DDR1 or DDR2 controllers, depending on the board
554 implemetation.
555
556 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR2
557 Board config to use DDR2. It can be eanbeld for SoCs with
558 Freescale DDR2 or DDR3 controllers, depending on the board
559 implementation.
560
561 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3
562 Board config to use DDR3. It can be enabled for SoCs with
York Sun34e026f2014-03-27 17:54:47 -0700563 Freescale DDR3 or DDR3L controllers.
564
565 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR3L
566 Board config to use DDR3L. It can be enabled for SoCs with
567 DDR3L controllers.
568
569 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR4
570 Board config to use DDR4. It can be enabled for SoCs with
571 DDR4 controllers.
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -0700572
Prabhakar Kushwaha1b4175d2014-01-18 12:28:30 +0530573 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_BE
574 Defines the IFC controller register space as Big Endian
575
576 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_IFC_LE
577 Defines the IFC controller register space as Little Endian
578
Prabhakar Kushwaha690e4252014-01-13 11:28:04 +0530579 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_PBI
580 It enables addition of RCW (Power on reset configuration) in built image.
581 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
582
583 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PBL_RCW
584 It adds PBI(pre-boot instructions) commands in u-boot build image.
585 PBI commands can be used to configure SoC before it starts the execution.
586 Please refer doc/README.pblimage for more details
587
Prabhakar Kushwaha89ad7be2014-04-08 19:13:34 +0530588 CONFIG_SPL_FSL_PBL
589 It adds a target to create boot binary having SPL binary in PBI format
590 concatenated with u-boot binary.
591
York Sun4e5b1bd2014-02-10 13:59:42 -0800592 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_BE
593 Defines the DDR controller register space as Big Endian
594
595 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_LE
596 Defines the DDR controller register space as Little Endian
597
York Sun6b9e3092014-02-10 13:59:43 -0800598 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_SDRAM_BASE_PHY
599 Physical address from the view of DDR controllers. It is the
600 same as CONFIG_SYS_DDR_SDRAM_BASE for all Power SoCs. But
601 it could be different for ARM SoCs.
602
York Sun6b1e1252014-02-10 13:59:44 -0800603 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_INTLV_256B
604 DDR controller interleaving on 256-byte. This is a special
605 interleaving mode, handled by Dickens for Freescale layerscape
606 SoCs with ARM core.
607
York Sun1d71efb2014-08-01 15:51:00 -0700608 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_DDR_MAIN_NUM_CTRLS
609 Number of controllers used as main memory.
610
611 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_OTHER_DDR_NUM_CTRLS
612 Number of controllers used for other than main memory.
613
Ruchika Gupta028dbb82014-09-09 11:50:31 +0530614 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_BE
615 Defines the SEC controller register space as Big Endian
616
617 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_SEC_LE
618 Defines the SEC controller register space as Little Endian
619
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100620- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200621 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100622
623 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
624 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
625 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200627 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200628
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100629 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
630 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200631 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100632 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200633
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200634- MIPS CPU options:
635 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
636
637 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
638 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
639 relocation.
640
641 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
642
643 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
644 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
645 Possible values are:
646 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
647 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
648 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
649 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
650 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
651 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
652 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
653 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
654
655 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
656
657 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
658 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
659
660 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
661
662 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
663 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
664 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
665
Christian Rieschb67d8812012-02-02 00:44:39 +0000666- ARM options:
667 CONFIG_SYS_EXCEPTION_VECTORS_HIGH
668
669 Select high exception vectors of the ARM core, e.g., do not
670 clear the V bit of the c1 register of CP15.
671
Aneesh V5356f542012-03-08 07:20:19 +0000672 CONFIG_SYS_THUMB_BUILD
673
674 Use this flag to build U-Boot using the Thumb instruction
675 set for ARM architectures. Thumb instruction set provides
676 better code density. For ARM architectures that support
677 Thumb2 this flag will result in Thumb2 code generated by
678 GCC.
679
Stephen Warrenc5d47522013-03-04 13:29:40 +0000680 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_716044
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000681 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_742230
682 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_743622
683 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_751472
Nitin Gargf71cbfe2014-04-02 08:55:01 -0500684 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_794072
Nitin Gargb7588e32014-04-02 08:55:02 -0500685 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_761320
Stephen Warren06785872013-02-26 12:28:27 +0000686
687 If set, the workarounds for these ARM errata are applied early
688 during U-Boot startup. Note that these options force the
689 workarounds to be applied; no CPU-type/version detection
690 exists, unlike the similar options in the Linux kernel. Do not
691 set these options unless they apply!
692
York Sun207774b2015-03-20 19:28:08 -0700693 COUNTER_FREQUENCY
694 Generic timer clock source frequency.
695
696 COUNTER_FREQUENCY_REAL
697 Generic timer clock source frequency if the real clock is
698 different from COUNTER_FREQUENCY, and can only be determined
699 at run time.
700
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500701 NOTE: The following can be machine specific errata. These
702 do have ability to provide rudimentary version and machine
703 specific checks, but expect no product checks.
Nishanth Menon5902f4c2015-03-09 17:12:01 -0500704 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_430973
Nishanth Menonb45c48a2015-03-09 17:12:00 -0500705 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_454179
Nishanth Menon9b4d65f2015-03-09 17:12:02 -0500706 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_621766
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500707 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_798870
Nishanth Menona615d0b2015-07-27 16:26:05 -0500708 CONFIG_ARM_ERRATA_801819
Nishanth Menonc616a0d2015-03-09 17:11:59 -0500709
Stephen Warren73c38932015-01-19 16:25:52 -0700710- Tegra SoC options:
711 CONFIG_TEGRA_SUPPORT_NON_SECURE
712
713 Support executing U-Boot in non-secure (NS) mode. Certain
714 impossible actions will be skipped if the CPU is in NS mode,
715 such as ARM architectural timer initialization.
716
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000717- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000718 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
719
720 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
721 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
722 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
723 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
724 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
725 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
726 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000727 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100728 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000729 default environment.
730
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000731 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
732
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -0800733 When transferring memsize parameter to Linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000734 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
735 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
736
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400737 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200738
739 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400740 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
741 concepts).
742
743 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
744 * New libfdt-based support
745 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500746 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400747
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200748 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
749 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
750 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
751 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200752 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600753 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200754
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200755 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
756 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500757
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600758 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
759
760 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
761 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000762
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -0600763 CONFIG_OF_SYSTEM_SETUP
764
765 Other code has addition modification that it wants to make
766 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel.
767 This causes ft_system_setup() to be called before booting
768 the kernel.
769
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500770 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
771
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200772 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500773 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
774
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200775 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
776
777 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
778 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
779 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
780 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
781 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
782 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
783
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000784 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
785
786 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
787 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
788 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
789 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
790 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
791 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
792 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
793
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100794- vxWorks boot parameters:
795
796 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
797 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
798 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
799
800 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
801 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
802 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
803 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
804
805 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
806
807 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
808
809 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
810 the defaults discussed just above.
811
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000812- Cache Configuration:
813 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
814 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
815 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
816
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000817- Cache Configuration for ARM:
818 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
819 controller
820 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
821 controller register space
822
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000823- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200824 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000825
826 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
827
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200828 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000829
830 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
831
832 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
833
834 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
835 the clock speed of the UARTs.
836
837 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
838
839 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
840 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
841 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
842
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000843 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
844
845 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
846 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
847 this variable to initialize the extra register.
848
849 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
850
851 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
852 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
853 variable to flush the UART at init time.
854
Karicheri, Muralidharand57dee52014-04-09 15:38:46 -0400855 CONFIG_SERIAL_HW_FLOW_CONTROL
856
857 Define this variable to enable hw flow control in serial driver.
858 Current user of this option is drivers/serial/nsl16550.c driver
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000859
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000860- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000861 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
862 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
863 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
864 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000865
866 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
867 port routines must be defined elsewhere
868 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
869
870 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
871 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000872 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000873 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
874 (default big endian)
875 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
876 rectangle fill
877 (cf. smiLynxEM)
878 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
879 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
880 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
881 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000882 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
883 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000884 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
885 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000886 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000887 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
888 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
889 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
890 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
891 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
892 (i.e. i8042_getc)
893 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
894 (requires blink timer
895 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200896 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000897 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
898 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500899 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000900 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
901 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000902 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
903 linux_logo.h for logo.
904 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000905 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200906 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907 the logo
908
Pali Rohár33a35bb2012-10-19 13:30:09 +0000909 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE_ANSI is defined, console will support
910 a limited number of ANSI escape sequences (cursor control,
911 erase functions and limited graphics rendition control).
912
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000913 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
914 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
915 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000916
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000917 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
918 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
919 the "silent" environment variable. See
920 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000921
Heiko Schocher45ae2542013-10-22 11:06:06 +0200922 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BG_COL: define the backgroundcolor, default
923 is 0x00.
924 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_FG_COL: define the foregroundcolor, default
925 is 0xa0.
926
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000927- Console Baudrate:
928 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
929 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200930 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
931 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000932
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100933- Console Rx buffer length
934 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
935 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100936 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100937 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
938 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
939 the SMC.
940
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000941- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200942 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
943 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
944 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
945 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
946 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
947 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
948 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200949 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200950 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000951
Hans de Goedea8552c72015-05-05 13:13:36 +0200952 Note that when printing the buffer a copy is made on the
953 stack so CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ must fit on the stack.
954
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200955 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
956 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000957
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000958- Safe printf() functions
959 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
960 the printf() functions. These are defined in
961 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
962 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
963 If this option is not given then these functions will
964 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
965 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
966
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000967- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
968 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
969 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
Joe Hershberger93d72122012-08-17 10:53:12 +0000970 set to -2 to autoboot with no delay and not check for abort
971 (even when CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK is defined).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000972
973 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
974 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
975 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
976 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
977 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
978 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
979 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
980 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000981 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
982 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
983
984- Autoboot Command:
985 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
986 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
987 define a command string that is automatically executed
988 when no character is read on the console interface
989 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
990
991 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000992 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
993 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
994 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000995
996 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000997 The value of these goes into the environment as
998 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
999 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001000 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001001
Heiko Schochereda0ba32013-11-04 14:04:59 +01001002- Bootcount:
1003 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
1004 Implements a mechanism for detecting a repeating reboot
1005 cycle, see:
1006 http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
1007
1008 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ENV
1009 If no softreset save registers are found on the hardware
1010 "bootcount" is stored in the environment. To prevent a
1011 saveenv on all reboots, the environment variable
1012 "upgrade_available" is used. If "upgrade_available" is
1013 0, "bootcount" is always 0, if "upgrade_available" is
1014 1 "bootcount" is incremented in the environment.
1015 So the Userspace Applikation must set the "upgrade_available"
1016 and "bootcount" variable to 0, if a boot was successfully.
1017
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001018- Pre-Boot Commands:
1019 CONFIG_PREBOOT
1020
1021 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
1022 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
1023 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
1024 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
1025 entering interactive mode.
1026
1027 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
1028 automatically generated or modified. For an example
1029 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
1030 modified when the user holds down a certain
1031 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
1032 booting the systems
1033
1034- Serial Download Echo Mode:
1035 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
1036 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
1037 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
1038 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
1039 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
1040 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
1041 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
1042
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001043- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001044 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
1045 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001046 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001047
1048- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001049 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
1050 from the build by using the #include files
Stephen Warrenc6c621b2012-08-05 16:07:19 +00001051 <config_cmd_all.h> and #undef'ing unwanted
Joe Hershbergeref0f2f52015-06-22 16:15:30 -05001052 commands, or adding #define's for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001053
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001054 The default command configuration includes all commands
1055 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001056
Marek Vasutb401b732014-03-05 19:58:39 +01001057 CONFIG_CMD_AES AES 128 CBC encrypt/decrypt
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001058 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001059 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
1060 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
1061 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
1062 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
1063 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
Tom Rinid2b2ffe2014-08-14 06:42:36 -04001064 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTI * ARM64 Linux kernel Image support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001065 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
Michal Simek08d0d6f2013-11-21 13:39:02 -08001066 CONFIG_CMD_CLK * clock command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001067 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -05001068 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001069 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
1070 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
1071 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -06001072 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
1073 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
1074 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
1075 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001076 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
1077 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -05001078 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001079 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
1080 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Joe Hershberger5e2b3e02012-12-11 22:16:25 -06001081 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_CALLBACK * display details about env callbacks
Joe Hershbergerfffad712012-12-11 22:16:33 -06001082 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_FLAGS * display details about env flags
Andrew Ruder88733e22013-10-22 19:07:34 -05001083 CONFIG_CMD_ENV_EXISTS * check existence of env variable
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001084 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001085 CONFIG_CMD_EXT2 * ext2 command support
1086 CONFIG_CMD_EXT4 * ext4 command support
Stephen Warren16f4d932014-01-24 20:46:37 -07001087 CONFIG_CMD_FS_GENERIC * filesystem commands (e.g. load, ls)
1088 that work for multiple fs types
Christian Gmeiner59e890e2014-11-12 14:35:04 +01001089 CONFIG_CMD_FS_UUID * Look up a filesystem UUID
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -05001090 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001091 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
Stephen Warren03e2ecf2012-10-22 06:43:50 +00001092 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT command support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001093 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
1094 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001095 CONFIG_CMD_FUSE * Device fuse support
Anton Staaf53fdc7e2012-12-05 14:46:29 +00001096 CONFIG_CMD_GETTIME * Get time since boot
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -05001097 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +00001098 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00001099 CONFIG_CMD_HASH * calculate hash / digest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001100 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
1101 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
1102 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
1103 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
Vipin Kumar8fdf1e02012-12-16 22:32:48 +00001104 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all images found in NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001105 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS_NAND * List all images found in NAND flash
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001106 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001107 CONFIG_CMD_IOTRACE * I/O tracing for debugging
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -05001108 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Joe Hershbergerc167cc02012-10-03 11:15:51 +00001109 CONFIG_CMD_INI * import data from an ini file into the env
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001110 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
1111 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
1112 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
1113 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001114 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO * ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00001115 CONFIG_CMD_LINK_LOCAL * link-local IP address auto-configuration
1116 (169.254.*.*)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001117 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
1118 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001119 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM * print md5 message digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001120 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Simon Glass15a33e42012-11-30 13:01:20 +00001121 CONFIG_CMD_MEMINFO * Display detailed memory information
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001122 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
Wolfgang Denka2681702013-03-08 10:51:32 +00001123 loop, loopw
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001124 CONFIG_CMD_MEMTEST * mtest
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001125 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
1126 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
1127 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +01001128 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001129 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
1130 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001131 CONFIG_CMD_NFS NFS support
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001132 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001133 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001134 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
1135 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
1136 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
1137 host
1138 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
Kenneth Watersff048ea2012-12-05 14:46:30 +00001139 CONFIG_CMD_READ * Read raw data from partition
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001140 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
1141 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
Simon Glassd3049312012-12-26 09:53:36 +00001142 CONFIG_CMD_SANDBOX * sb command to access sandbox features
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001143 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
1144 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
1145 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
1146 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
1147 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
1148 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07001149 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001150 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM * print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -04001151 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Bob Liu7d861d92013-02-05 19:05:41 +08001152 CONFIG_CMD_SOFTSWITCH * Soft switch setting command for BF60x
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02001153 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001154 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +00001155 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00001156 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Joe Hershbergerda83bcd2012-10-03 12:14:57 +00001157 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time (ARM specific)
1158 CONFIG_CMD_TIMER * access to the system tick timer
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001159 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001160 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
Marek Vasutc8339f52012-03-31 07:47:16 +00001161 CONFIG_CMD_MFSL * Microblaze FSL support
Vincent Stehlé4d98b5c2013-06-20 18:14:22 +02001162 CONFIG_CMD_XIMG Load part of Multi Image
Przemyslaw Marczak89c82302014-04-02 10:20:05 +02001163 CONFIG_CMD_UUID * Generate random UUID or GUID string
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001164
1165 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
1166 support you can write:
1167
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001168 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
1169 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001170
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -04001171 Other Commands:
1172 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001173
1174 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001175 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001176 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
1177 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
1178 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
1179 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
1180 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
1181 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001182
1183
1184 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
1185
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001186- Regular expression support:
1187 CONFIG_REGEX
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001188 If this variable is defined, U-Boot is linked against
1189 the SLRE (Super Light Regular Expression) library,
1190 which adds regex support to some commands, as for
1191 example "env grep" and "setexpr".
Wolfgang Denka5ecbe62013-03-23 23:50:31 +00001192
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001193- Device tree:
1194 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
1195 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
1196 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
1197 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
1198 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
1199 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
1200
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001201 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
1202 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +00001203
1204 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
1205 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
1206 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
1207 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
1208 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
1209 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +00001210
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +00001211 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
1212 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
1213 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
1214 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
1215
1216 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
1217
1218 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
1219 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
1220 still use the individual files if you need something more
1221 exotic.
1222
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001223- Watchdog:
1224 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
1225 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +00001226 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
1227 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
1228 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
1229 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
1230 available, then no further board specific code should
1231 be needed to use it.
1232
1233 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
1234 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
1235 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
1236 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001237
Heiko Schocher7bae0d62015-01-21 08:38:22 +01001238 CONFIG_AT91_HW_WDT_TIMEOUT
1239 specify the timeout in seconds. default 2 seconds.
1240
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001241- U-Boot Version:
1242 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
1243 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
1244 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
1245 version as printed by the "version" command.
Benoît Thébaudeaua1ea8e52012-08-13 15:01:14 +02001246 Any change to this variable will be reverted at the
1247 next reset.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001248
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001249- Real-Time Clock:
1250
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001251 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001252 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
1253 following options:
1254
1255 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
1256 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +00001257 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001258 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +00001259 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001260 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +00001261 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
Markus Niebel412921d2014-07-21 11:06:16 +02001262 CONFIG_RTC_DS1339 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1339 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +00001263 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +01001264 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +00001265 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001266 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +02001267 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
1268 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001269
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001270 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1271 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1272
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001273- GPIO Support:
1274 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001275
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +00001276 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
1277 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
1278 pins supported by a particular chip.
1279
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -06001280 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
1281 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
1282
Simon Glassaa532332014-06-11 23:29:41 -06001283- I/O tracing:
1284 When CONFIG_IO_TRACE is selected, U-Boot intercepts all I/O
1285 accesses and can checksum them or write a list of them out
1286 to memory. See the 'iotrace' command for details. This is
1287 useful for testing device drivers since it can confirm that
1288 the driver behaves the same way before and after a code
1289 change. Currently this is supported on sandbox and arm. To
1290 add support for your architecture, add '#include <iotrace.h>'
1291 to the bottom of arch/<arch>/include/asm/io.h and test.
1292
1293 Example output from the 'iotrace stats' command is below.
1294 Note that if the trace buffer is exhausted, the checksum will
1295 still continue to operate.
1296
1297 iotrace is enabled
1298 Start: 10000000 (buffer start address)
1299 Size: 00010000 (buffer size)
1300 Offset: 00000120 (current buffer offset)
1301 Output: 10000120 (start + offset)
1302 Count: 00000018 (number of trace records)
1303 CRC32: 9526fb66 (CRC32 of all trace records)
1304
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001305- Timestamp Support:
1306
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001307 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
1308 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
1309 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001310 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001311
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001312- Partition Labels (disklabels) Supported:
1313 Zero or more of the following:
1314 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION Apple's MacOS partition table.
1315 CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION MS Dos partition table, traditional on the
1316 Intel architecture, USB sticks, etc.
1317 CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION ISO partition table, used on CDROM etc.
1318 CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION GPT partition table, common when EFI is the
1319 bootloader. Note 2TB partition limit; see
1320 disk/part_efi.c
1321 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS Memory Technology Device partition table.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001322
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01001323 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
1324 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
Karl O. Pinc923c46f2012-08-16 06:20:15 +00001325 least one non-MTD partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001326
1327- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001328 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
1329 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001330
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001331 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
1332 be performed by calling the function
1333 ide_set_reset(int reset)
1334 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001335
1336- ATAPI Support:
1337 CONFIG_ATAPI
1338
1339 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
1340
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001341- LBA48 Support
1342 CONFIG_LBA48
1343
1344 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +01001345 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001346 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
1347 support disks up to 2.1TB.
1348
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001349 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +00001350 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
1351 Default is 32bit.
1352
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001353- SCSI Support:
1354 At the moment only there is only support for the
1355 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
1356 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
1357
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001358 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
1359 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
1360 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001361 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
1362 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001363 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001364
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02001365 The environment variable 'scsidevs' is set to the number of
1366 SCSI devices found during the last scan.
Stefan Reinauer447c0312012-10-29 05:23:48 +00001367
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001368- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001369 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +00001370 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
1371
1372 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
1373 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
1374 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
1375 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
1376
1377 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
1378 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
1379 example with the "sspi" command.
1380
1381 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
1382 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1383 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001384
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001385 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1386 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001387 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001388 write routine for first time initialisation.
1389
1390 CONFIG_TULIP
1391 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1392 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1393 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1394
1395 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1396 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1397
1398 CONFIG_NS8382X
1399 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1400
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001401- NETWORK Support (other):
1402
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001403 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1404 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1405
1406 CONFIG_RMII
1407 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1408
1409 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1410 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1411 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1412
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001413 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1414 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1415
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001416 CONFIG_LAN91C96
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001417 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1418
1419 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1420 Define this to hold the physical address
1421 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1422
1423 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1424 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1425
Ashok3bb46d22012-10-15 06:20:47 +00001426 CONFIG_SMC91111
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001427 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1428
1429 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1430 Define this to hold the physical address
1431 of the device (I/O space)
1432
1433 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1434 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1435
1436 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1437 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1438 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1439
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001440 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1441 Support for davinci emac
1442
1443 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1444 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1445
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001446 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1447 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1448
1449 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1450 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1451 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1452 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1453 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1454 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1455 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1456 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1457
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001458 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001459 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1460
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001461 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001462 Define this to hold the physical address
1463 of the device (I/O space)
1464
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001465 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001466 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1467
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001468 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001469 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1470 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001471 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001472
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001473 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1474 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1475
1476 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1477 Define the number of ports to be used
1478
1479 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1480 Define the ETH PHY's address
1481
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001482 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1483 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1484
Heiko Schocherb2f97cf2014-07-18 06:07:19 +02001485- PWM Support:
1486 CONFIG_PWM_IMX
1487 Support for PWM modul on the imx6.
1488
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001489- TPM Support:
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001490 CONFIG_TPM
1491 Support TPM devices.
1492
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001493 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C
1494 Support for i2c bus TPM devices. Only one device
1495 per system is supported at this time.
1496
Tom Wai-Hong Tam1b393db2013-04-12 11:04:37 +00001497 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_I2C_BURST_LIMITATION
1498 Define the burst count bytes upper limit
1499
Dirk Eibachc01939c2013-06-26 15:55:15 +02001500 CONFIG_TPM_ATMEL_TWI
1501 Support for Atmel TWI TPM device. Requires I2C support.
1502
Che-liang Chiou90899cc2013-04-12 11:04:34 +00001503 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_LPC
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001504 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1505 per system is supported at this time.
1506
1507 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1508 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1509 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1510 0xfed40000.
1511
Reinhard Pfaube6c1522013-06-26 15:55:13 +02001512 CONFIG_CMD_TPM
1513 Add tpm monitor functions.
1514 Requires CONFIG_TPM. If CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS is set, also
1515 provides monitor access to authorized functions.
1516
1517 CONFIG_TPM
1518 Define this to enable the TPM support library which provides
1519 functional interfaces to some TPM commands.
1520 Requires support for a TPM device.
1521
1522 CONFIG_TPM_AUTH_SESSIONS
1523 Define this to enable authorized functions in the TPM library.
1524 Requires CONFIG_TPM and CONFIG_SHA1.
1525
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001526- USB Support:
1527 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001528 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001529 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1530 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001531 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001532 storage devices.
1533 Note:
1534 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1535 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001536 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1537 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1538 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001539 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1540 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001541 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1542 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1543 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001544 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1545 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001546 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001547 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1548 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001549
Simon Glass9ab4ce22012-02-27 10:52:47 +00001550 CONFIG_USB_EHCI_TXFIFO_THRESH enables setting of the
1551 txfilltuning field in the EHCI controller on reset.
1552
Oleksandr Tymoshenko6e9e0622014-02-01 21:51:25 -07001553 CONFIG_USB_DWC2_REG_ADDR the physical CPU address of the DWC2
1554 HW module registers.
1555
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001556- USB Device:
1557 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1558 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1559 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001560 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001561 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1562 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001563 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001564 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1565 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1566 a Linux host by
1567 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1568 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1569 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1570 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001571
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001572 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1573 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001574
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001575 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1576 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1577 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001578
Vipin KUMARf9da0f82012-03-26 15:38:06 +05301579 CONFIG_USBD_HS
1580 Define this to enable the high speed support for usb
1581 device and usbtty. If this feature is enabled, a routine
1582 int is_usbd_high_speed(void)
1583 also needs to be defined by the driver to dynamically poll
1584 whether the enumeration has succeded at high speed or full
1585 speed.
1586
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001587 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001588 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1589 be set to usbtty.
1590
1591 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001592 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001593 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001594 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001595
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001596 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001597 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001598 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001599
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001600 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001601 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001602 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001603 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1604 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1605 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1606
1607 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1608 Define this string as the name of your company for
1609 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001610
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001611 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1612 Define this string as the name of your product
1613 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1614
1615 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1616 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1617 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1618 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1619 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001620
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001621 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1622 Define this as the unique Product ID
1623 for your device
1624 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001625
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001626- ULPI Layer Support:
1627 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1628 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1629 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1630 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1631 viewport is supported.
1632 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1633 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
Lucas Stach6d365ea2012-10-01 00:44:35 +02001634 If your ULPI phy needs a different reference clock than the
1635 standard 24 MHz then you have to define CONFIG_ULPI_REF_CLK to
1636 the appropriate value in Hz.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001637
1638- MMC Support:
1639 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1640 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1641 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1642 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001643 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1644 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001645
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001646 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1647 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1648
1649 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1650 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1651
1652 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1653 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1654
Pierre Aubert1fd93c62014-04-24 10:30:08 +02001655 CONFIG_GENERIC_MMC
1656 Enable the generic MMC driver
1657
1658 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_BOOT
1659 Enable some additional features of the eMMC boot partitions.
1660
1661 CONFIG_SUPPORT_EMMC_RPMB
1662 Enable the commands for reading, writing and programming the
1663 key for the Replay Protection Memory Block partition in eMMC.
1664
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001665- USB Device Firmware Update (DFU) class support:
Paul Kocialkowski01acd6a2015-06-12 19:56:58 +02001666 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_DFU
Tom Rinib3ba6e92013-03-14 05:32:47 +00001667 This enables the USB portion of the DFU USB class
1668
1669 CONFIG_CMD_DFU
1670 This enables the command "dfu" which is used to have
1671 U-Boot create a DFU class device via USB. This command
1672 requires that the "dfu_alt_info" environment variable be
1673 set and define the alt settings to expose to the host.
1674
1675 CONFIG_DFU_MMC
1676 This enables support for exposing (e)MMC devices via DFU.
1677
Pantelis Antoniouc6631762013-03-14 05:32:52 +00001678 CONFIG_DFU_NAND
1679 This enables support for exposing NAND devices via DFU.
1680
Afzal Mohammeda9479f02013-09-18 01:15:24 +05301681 CONFIG_DFU_RAM
1682 This enables support for exposing RAM via DFU.
1683 Note: DFU spec refer to non-volatile memory usage, but
1684 allow usages beyond the scope of spec - here RAM usage,
1685 one that would help mostly the developer.
1686
Heiko Schochere7e75c72013-06-12 06:05:51 +02001687 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_DATA_BUF_SIZE
1688 Dfu transfer uses a buffer before writing data to the
1689 raw storage device. Make the size (in bytes) of this buffer
1690 configurable. The size of this buffer is also configurable
1691 through the "dfu_bufsiz" environment variable.
1692
Pantelis Antoniouea2453d2013-03-14 05:32:48 +00001693 CONFIG_SYS_DFU_MAX_FILE_SIZE
1694 When updating files rather than the raw storage device,
1695 we use a static buffer to copy the file into and then write
1696 the buffer once we've been given the whole file. Define
1697 this to the maximum filesize (in bytes) for the buffer.
1698 Default is 4 MiB if undefined.
1699
Heiko Schocher001a8312014-03-18 08:09:56 +01001700 DFU_DEFAULT_POLL_TIMEOUT
1701 Poll timeout [ms], is the timeout a device can send to the
1702 host. The host must wait for this timeout before sending
1703 a subsequent DFU_GET_STATUS request to the device.
1704
1705 DFU_MANIFEST_POLL_TIMEOUT
1706 Poll timeout [ms], which the device sends to the host when
1707 entering dfuMANIFEST state. Host waits this timeout, before
1708 sending again an USB request to the device.
1709
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001710- USB Device Android Fastboot support:
Paul Kocialkowski17da3c02015-06-12 19:56:59 +02001711 CONFIG_USB_FUNCTION_FASTBOOT
1712 This enables the USB part of the fastboot gadget
1713
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001714 CONFIG_CMD_FASTBOOT
1715 This enables the command "fastboot" which enables the Android
1716 fastboot mode for the platform's USB device. Fastboot is a USB
1717 protocol for downloading images, flashing and device control
1718 used on Android devices.
1719 See doc/README.android-fastboot for more information.
1720
1721 CONFIG_ANDROID_BOOT_IMAGE
1722 This enables support for booting images which use the Android
1723 image format header.
1724
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001725 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_ADDR
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001726 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1727 downloads. Define this to the starting RAM address to use for
1728 downloaded images.
1729
Paul Kocialkowskia588d992015-07-20 12:38:22 +02001730 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_BUF_SIZE
Sebastian Siewior3aab70a2014-05-05 15:08:10 -05001731 The fastboot protocol requires a large memory buffer for
1732 downloads. This buffer should be as large as possible for a
1733 platform. Define this to the size available RAM for fastboot.
1734
Steve Raed1b5ed02014-08-26 11:47:28 -07001735 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH
1736 The fastboot protocol includes a "flash" command for writing
1737 the downloaded image to a non-volatile storage device. Define
1738 this to enable the "fastboot flash" command.
1739
1740 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_FLASH_MMC_DEV
1741 The fastboot "flash" command requires additional information
1742 regarding the non-volatile storage device. Define this to
1743 the eMMC device that fastboot should use to store the image.
1744
Steve Rae0ff7e582014-12-12 15:51:54 -08001745 CONFIG_FASTBOOT_GPT_NAME
1746 The fastboot "flash" command supports writing the downloaded
1747 image to the Protective MBR and the Primary GUID Partition
1748 Table. (Additionally, this downloaded image is post-processed
1749 to generate and write the Backup GUID Partition Table.)
1750 This occurs when the specified "partition name" on the
1751 "fastboot flash" command line matches this value.
1752 Default is GPT_ENTRY_NAME (currently "gpt") if undefined.
1753
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001754- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1755 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1756 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1757 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1758
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001759 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1760 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001761 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001763 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001764 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1765 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1766
1767 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001768 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001769 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1770 have not defined a custom partition
1771
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001772- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1773 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
Donggeun Kim656f4c62012-03-22 04:38:56 +00001774
1775 Define this to enable support for saving memory data as a
1776 file in FAT formatted partition.
1777
1778 This will also enable the command "fatwrite" enabling the
1779 user to write files to FAT.
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001780
Gabe Black84cd9322012-10-12 14:26:11 +00001781CBFS (Coreboot Filesystem) support
1782 CONFIG_CMD_CBFS
1783
1784 Define this to enable support for reading from a Coreboot
1785 filesystem. Available commands are cbfsinit, cbfsinfo, cbfsls
1786 and cbfsload.
1787
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu4f0d1a22014-05-26 19:18:37 +05301788- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem cluster size:
1789 CONFIG_FS_FAT_MAX_CLUSTSIZE
1790
1791 Define the max cluster size for fat operations else
1792 a default value of 65536 will be defined.
1793
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001794- Keyboard Support:
1795 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1796
1797 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1798 support
1799
1800 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1801 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1802 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1803 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1804 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1805
Hung-ying Tyan713cb682013-05-15 18:27:32 +08001806 CONFIG_CROS_EC_KEYB
1807 Enables a Chrome OS keyboard using the CROS_EC interface.
1808 This uses CROS_EC to communicate with a second microcontroller
1809 which provides key scans on request.
1810
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001811- Video support:
1812 CONFIG_VIDEO
1813
1814 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1815 video).
1816
1817 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1818
1819 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1820
1821 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001822 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001823 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1824 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1825 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001826
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001827 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001828 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001829 are possible:
1830 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001831 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001832
1833 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1834 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1835 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1836 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1837 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1838 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1839 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001840 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1841
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001842 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001843 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001844
1845
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001846 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001847 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001848 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1849 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1850
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001851 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001852 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001853 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1854 support, and should also define these other macros:
1855
1856 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1857 CONFIG_VIDEO
1858 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1859 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1860 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1861 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1862 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1863 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1864
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001865 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1866 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1867 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1868 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001869
Simon Glass058d59b2012-12-03 13:59:47 +00001870
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001871- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001872 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001873
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001874 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1875 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1876 defined in your board-specific files.
1877 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001879- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1880
1881 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1882 display); also select one of the supported displays
1883 by defining one of these:
1884
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001885 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1886
1887 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1888
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001889 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001890
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001891 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001892
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001893 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001894
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001895 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1896 Active, color, single scan.
1897
1898 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1899
1900 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001901 Active, color, single scan.
1902
1903 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1904
1905 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1906 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1907
1908 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1909
1910 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1911 Active, color, single scan.
1912
1913 CONFIG_HLD1045
1914
1915 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1916 Active, color, single scan.
1917
1918 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1919
1920 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1921 or
1922 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1923 or
1924 Hitachi SP14Q002
1925
1926 320x240. Black & white.
1927
1928 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001929 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001930
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001931 CONFIG_LCD_ALIGNMENT
1932
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08001933 Normally the LCD is page-aligned (typically 4KB). If this is
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001934 defined then the LCD will be aligned to this value instead.
1935 For ARM it is sometimes useful to use MMU_SECTION_SIZE
1936 here, since it is cheaper to change data cache settings on
1937 a per-section basis.
1938
Simon Glass0d89efe2012-10-17 13:24:59 +00001939 CONFIG_CONSOLE_SCROLL_LINES
1940
1941 When the console need to be scrolled, this is the number of
1942 lines to scroll by. It defaults to 1. Increasing this makes
1943 the console jump but can help speed up operation when scrolling
1944 is slow.
Simon Glass676d3192012-10-17 13:24:54 +00001945
Hannes Petermaier604c7d42015-03-27 08:01:38 +01001946 CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION
1947
1948 Sometimes, for example if the display is mounted in portrait
1949 mode or even if it's mounted landscape but rotated by 180degree,
1950 we need to rotate our content of the display relative to the
1951 framebuffer, so that user can read the messages which are
1952 printed out.
1953 Once CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is defined, the lcd_console will be
1954 initialized with a given rotation from "vl_rot" out of
1955 "vidinfo_t" which is provided by the board specific code.
1956 The value for vl_rot is coded as following (matching to
1957 fbcon=rotate:<n> linux-kernel commandline):
1958 0 = no rotation respectively 0 degree
1959 1 = 90 degree rotation
1960 2 = 180 degree rotation
1961 3 = 270 degree rotation
1962
1963 If CONFIG_LCD_ROTATION is not defined, the console will be
1964 initialized with 0degree rotation.
1965
Tom Wai-Hong Tam45d7f522012-09-28 15:11:16 +00001966 CONFIG_LCD_BMP_RLE8
1967
1968 Support drawing of RLE8-compressed bitmaps on the LCD.
1969
Tom Wai-Hong Tam735987c2012-12-05 14:46:40 +00001970 CONFIG_I2C_EDID
1971
1972 Enables an 'i2c edid' command which can read EDID
1973 information over I2C from an attached LCD display.
1974
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001975- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001976
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001977 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1978 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1979 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001980 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001981 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1982 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1983 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1984 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001985
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001986 CONFIG_SPLASHIMAGE_GUARD
1987
1988 If this option is set, then U-Boot will prevent the environment
1989 variable "splashimage" from being set to a problematic address
Tom Rini1551df32014-02-25 10:27:01 -05001990 (see README.displaying-bmps).
Nikita Kiryanovc0880482013-02-24 21:28:43 +00001991 This option is useful for targets where, due to alignment
1992 restrictions, an improperly aligned BMP image will cause a data
1993 abort. If you think you will not have problems with unaligned
1994 accesses (for example because your toolchain prevents them)
1995 there is no need to set this option.
1996
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001997 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1998
1999 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
2000 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
2001 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
2002 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
2003 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
2004 specify 'm' for centering the image.
2005
2006 Example:
2007 setenv splashpos m,m
2008 => image at center of screen
2009
2010 setenv splashpos 30,20
2011 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
2012
2013 setenv splashpos -10,m
2014 => vertically centered image
2015 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
2016
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02002017- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
2018
2019 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
2020 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
2021 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
2022
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01002023- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
2024
2025 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
2026 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
2027 bmp command.
2028
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002029- Do compressing for memory range:
Lei Wenf2b96df2012-09-28 04:26:47 +00002030 CONFIG_CMD_ZIP
2031
2032 If this option is set, it would use zlib deflate method
2033 to compress the specified memory at its best effort.
2034
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002035- Compression support:
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002036 CONFIG_GZIP
2037
2038 Enabled by default to support gzip compressed images.
2039
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00002040 CONFIG_BZIP2
2041
2042 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
2043 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
2044 compressed images are supported.
2045
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002046 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002047 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00002048 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00002049
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002050 CONFIG_LZMA
2051
2052 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
2053 images is included.
2054
2055 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
2056 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
2057 formula:
2058
2059 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
2060
2061 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
2062 and Literal pos bits.
2063
2064 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
2065 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
2066 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
2067 a very small buffer.
2068
2069 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
2070 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002071 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02002072
Kees Cook8ef70472013-08-16 07:59:12 -07002073 CONFIG_LZO
2074
2075 If this option is set, support for LZO compressed images
2076 is included.
2077
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002078- MII/PHY support:
2079 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
2080
2081 The address of PHY on MII bus.
2082
2083 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
2084
2085 The clock frequency of the MII bus
2086
2087 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
2088
2089 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002090 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002091
2092 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
2093
2094 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2095 reset before any MII register access is possible.
2096 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
2097 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
2098
2099 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
2100
2101 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
2102 command issued before MII status register can be read
2103
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002104- IP address:
2105 CONFIG_IPADDR
2106
2107 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002108 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002109 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002110 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002111
2112- Server IP address:
2113 CONFIG_SERVERIP
2114
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002115 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002116 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002117 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04002119 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
2120
2121 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
2122 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
2123
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00002124- Gateway IP address:
2125 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
2126
2127 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
2128 default router where packets to other networks are
2129 sent to.
2130 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
2131
2132- Subnet mask:
2133 CONFIG_NETMASK
2134
2135 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
2136 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
2137 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
2138 forwarded through a router.
2139 (Environment variable "netmask")
2140
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002141- Multicast TFTP Mode:
2142 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
2143
2144 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
2145 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002146 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05002147 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
2148 multicast group.
2149
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002150- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
2151 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
2152
2153 If you have many targets in a network that try to
2154 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
2155 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
2156 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
2157 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
2158 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
2159 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
2160 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02002161 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002162
2163 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
2164 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
2165 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
2166 4th and following
2167 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
2168
Thierry Reding92ac8ac2014-08-19 10:21:24 +02002169 CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE
2170
2171 BOOTP packets are uniquely identified using a 32-bit ID. The
2172 server will copy the ID from client requests to responses and
2173 U-Boot will use this to determine if it is the destination of
2174 an incoming response. Some servers will check that addresses
2175 aren't in use before handing them out (usually using an ARP
2176 ping) and therefore take up to a few hundred milliseconds to
2177 respond. Network congestion may also influence the time it
2178 takes for a response to make it back to the client. If that
2179 time is too long, U-Boot will retransmit requests. In order
2180 to allow earlier responses to still be accepted after these
2181 retransmissions, U-Boot's BOOTP client keeps a small cache of
2182 IDs. The CONFIG_BOOTP_ID_CACHE_SIZE controls the size of this
2183 cache. The default is to keep IDs for up to four outstanding
2184 requests. Increasing this will allow U-Boot to accept offers
2185 from a BOOTP client in networks with unusually high latency.
2186
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002187- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002188 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
2189 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002190
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002191 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
2192 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
2193 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
2194 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
2195 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
2196 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
2197 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
2198 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
2199 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
2200 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
2201 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
2202 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002203 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002204
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002205 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
2206 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002207
Joe Hershberger2c00e092012-05-23 07:59:19 +00002208 CONFIG_BOOTP_MAY_FAIL - If the DHCP server is not found
2209 after the configured retry count, the call will fail
2210 instead of starting over. This can be used to fail over
2211 to Link-local IP address configuration if the DHCP server
2212 is not available.
2213
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002214 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
2215 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
2216 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
2217 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
2218 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
2219 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
2220 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002221 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002222
2223 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
2224 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
2225 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04002226 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05002227 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
2228 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00002229
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11002230 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
2231
2232 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
2233 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
2234 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
2235 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
2236 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
2237 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
2238 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
2239 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
2240 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
2241 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
2242 this delay.
2243
Joe Hershbergerd22c3382012-05-23 08:00:12 +00002244 - Link-local IP address negotiation:
2245 Negotiate with other link-local clients on the local network
2246 for an address that doesn't require explicit configuration.
2247 This is especially useful if a DHCP server cannot be guaranteed
2248 to exist in all environments that the device must operate.
2249
2250 See doc/README.link-local for more information.
2251
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002252 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00002253 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002254
2255 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
2256
2257 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
2258
2259 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
2260 of the device.
2261
2262 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
2263
2264 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
2265 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002266 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00002267
2268 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
2269
2270 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
2271 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
2272
2273 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
2274
2275 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
2276
2277 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
2278
2279 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
2280
2281 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
2282
2283 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
2284
2285 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
2286
2287 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
2288 device in .1 of milliwatts.
2289
2290 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
2291
2292 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
2293
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002294- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
2295
2296 Several configurations allow to display the current
2297 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
2298 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
2299 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
2300 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
2301 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
2302 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
2303 feature in U-Boot.
2304
Igor Grinberg1df7bbb2013-11-08 01:03:50 +02002305 Additional options:
2306
2307 CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2308 The status LED can be connected to a GPIO pin.
2309 In such cases, the gpio_led driver can be used as a
2310 status LED backend implementation. Define CONFIG_GPIO_LED
2311 to include the gpio_led driver in the U-Boot binary.
2312
Igor Grinberg9dfdcdf2013-11-08 01:03:52 +02002313 CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE
2314 Some GPIO connected LEDs may have inverted polarity in which
2315 case the GPIO high value corresponds to LED off state and
2316 GPIO low value corresponds to LED on state.
2317 In such cases CONFIG_GPIO_LED_INVERTED_TABLE may be defined
2318 with a list of GPIO LEDs that have inverted polarity.
2319
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002320- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
2321
2322 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
2323 on those systems that support this (optional)
2324 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
2325
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002326- I2C Support: CONFIG_SYS_I2C
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002327
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002328 This enable the NEW i2c subsystem, and will allow you to use
2329 i2c commands at the u-boot command line (as long as you set
2330 CONFIG_CMD_I2C in CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c
2331 based realtime clock chips or other i2c devices. See
2332 common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the command line
2333 interface.
2334
2335 ported i2c driver to the new framework:
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002336 - drivers/i2c/soft_i2c.c:
2337 - activate first bus with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT define
2338 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE
2339 for defining speed and slave address
2340 - activate second bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS2 define
2341 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_2 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_2
2342 for defining speed and slave address
2343 - activate third bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS3 define
2344 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_3 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_3
2345 for defining speed and slave address
2346 - activate fourth bus with I2C_SOFT_DECLARATIONS4 define
2347 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SPEED_4 and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT_SLAVE_4
2348 for defining speed and slave address
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002349
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002350 - drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c:
2351 - activate i2c driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_FSL
2352 define CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_OFFSET for setting the register
2353 offset CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SPEED for the i2c speed and
2354 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C_SLAVE for the slave addr of the first
2355 bus.
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02002356 - If your board supports a second fsl i2c bus, define
Heiko Schocher00f792e2012-10-24 13:48:22 +02002357 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_OFFSET for the register offset
2358 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SPEED for the speed and
2359 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_I2C2_SLAVE for the slave address of the
2360 second bus.
2361
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002362 - drivers/i2c/tegra_i2c.c:
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu10cee512013-10-11 16:23:53 +09002363 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_TEGRA
2364 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses with a fix speed from
2365 100000 and the slave addr 0!
Simon Glass1f2ba722012-10-30 07:28:53 +00002366
Dirk Eibach880540d2013-04-25 02:40:01 +00002367 - drivers/i2c/ppc4xx_i2c.c
2368 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX
2369 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2370 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PPC4XX_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2371
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002372 - drivers/i2c/i2c_mxc.c
2373 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC
2374 - define speed for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SPEED
2375 - define slave for bus 1 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C1_SLAVE
2376 - define speed for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SPEED
2377 - define slave for bus 2 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C2_SLAVE
2378 - define speed for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SPEED
2379 - define slave for bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_MXC_I2C3_SLAVE
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002380 If those defines are not set, default value is 100000
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002381 for speed, and 0 for slave.
York Sunf8cb1012015-03-20 10:20:40 -07002382 - enable bus 3 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C3
2383 - enable bus 4 with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MXC_I2C4
tremfac96402013-09-21 18:13:35 +02002384
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu1086bfa2013-09-27 16:58:30 +09002385 - drivers/i2c/rcar_i2c.c:
2386 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RCAR
2387 - This driver adds 4 i2c buses
2388
2389 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_BASE for setting the register channel 0
2390 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C0_SPEED for for the speed channel 0
2391 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_BASE for setting the register channel 1
2392 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C1_SPEED for for the speed channel 1
2393 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_BASE for setting the register channel 2
2394 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C2_SPEED for for the speed channel 2
2395 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_BASE for setting the register channel 3
2396 - CONFIG_SYS_RCAR_I2C3_SPEED for for the speed channel 3
2397 - CONFIF_SYS_RCAR_I2C_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
2398
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002399 - drivers/i2c/sh_i2c.c:
2400 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH
2401 - This driver adds from 2 to 5 i2c buses
2402
2403 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE0 for setting the register channel 0
2404 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED0 for for the speed channel 0
2405 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE1 for setting the register channel 1
2406 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED1 for for the speed channel 1
2407 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE2 for setting the register channel 2
2408 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED2 for for the speed channel 2
2409 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE3 for setting the register channel 3
2410 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED3 for for the speed channel 3
2411 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE4 for setting the register channel 4
2412 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED4 for for the speed channel 4
2413 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_BASE5 for setting the register channel 5
2414 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_SPEED5 for for the speed channel 5
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002415 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SH_NUM_CONTROLLERS for number of i2c buses
Nobuhiro Iwamatsu2035d772013-10-29 13:33:51 +09002416
Heiko Schocher6789e842013-10-22 11:03:18 +02002417 - drivers/i2c/omap24xx_i2c.c
2418 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_OMAP24XX
2419 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED speed channel 0
2420 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE slave addr channel 0
2421 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED1 speed channel 1
2422 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE1 slave addr channel 1
2423 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED2 speed channel 2
2424 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE2 slave addr channel 2
2425 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED3 speed channel 3
2426 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE3 slave addr channel 3
2427 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SPEED4 speed channel 4
2428 - CONFIG_SYS_OMAP24_I2C_SLAVE4 slave addr channel 4
2429
Heiko Schocher0bdffe72013-11-08 07:30:53 +01002430 - drivers/i2c/zynq_i2c.c
2431 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ
2432 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SPEED for speed setting
2433 - set CONFIG_SYS_I2C_ZYNQ_SLAVE for slave addr
2434
Naveen Krishna Che717fc62013-12-06 12:12:38 +05302435 - drivers/i2c/s3c24x0_i2c.c:
2436 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_S3C24X0
2437 - This driver adds i2c buses (11 for Exynos5250, Exynos5420
2438 9 i2c buses for Exynos4 and 1 for S3C24X0 SoCs from Samsung)
2439 with a fix speed from 100000 and the slave addr 0!
2440
Dirk Eibachb46226b2014-07-03 09:28:18 +02002441 - drivers/i2c/ihs_i2c.c
2442 - activate this driver with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS
2443 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH0 activate hardware channel 0
2444 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_0 speed channel 0
2445 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_0 slave addr channel 0
2446 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH1 activate hardware channel 1
2447 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_1 speed channel 1
2448 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_1 slave addr channel 1
2449 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH2 activate hardware channel 2
2450 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_2 speed channel 2
2451 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_2 slave addr channel 2
2452 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_CH3 activate hardware channel 3
2453 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SPEED_3 speed channel 3
2454 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_IHS_SLAVE_3 slave addr channel 3
2455
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002456 additional defines:
2457
2458 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002459 Hold the number of i2c buses you want to use. If you
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002460 don't use/have i2c muxes on your i2c bus, this
2461 is equal to CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_ADAPTERS, and you can
2462 omit this define.
2463
2464 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS
2465 define this, if you don't use i2c muxes on your hardware.
2466 if CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS is not defined or == 0 you can
2467 omit this define.
2468
2469 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS
2470 define how many muxes are maximal consecutively connected
2471 on one i2c bus. If you not use i2c muxes, omit this
2472 define.
2473
2474 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002475 hold a list of buses you want to use, only used if
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002476 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DIRECT_BUS is not defined, for example
2477 a board with CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MAX_HOPS = 1 and
2478 CONFIG_SYS_NUM_I2C_BUSES = 9:
2479
2480 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BUSES {{0, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2481 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 1}}}, \
2482 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 2}}}, \
2483 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 3}}}, \
2484 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 4}}}, \
2485 {0, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9547, 0x70, 5}}}, \
2486 {1, {I2C_NULL_HOP}}, \
2487 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 1}}}, \
2488 {1, {{I2C_MUX_PCA9544, 0x72, 2}}}, \
2489 }
2490
2491 which defines
2492 bus 0 on adapter 0 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002493 bus 1 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 1
2494 bus 2 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 2
2495 bus 3 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 3
2496 bus 4 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 4
2497 bus 5 on adapter 0 with a PCA9547 on address 0x70 port 5
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002498 bus 6 on adapter 1 without a mux
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002499 bus 7 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 1
2500 bus 8 on adapter 1 with a PCA9544 on address 0x72 port 2
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002501
2502 If you do not have i2c muxes on your board, omit this define.
2503
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002504- Legacy I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C
Heiko Schocher3f4978c2012-01-16 21:12:24 +00002505
2506 NOTE: It is intended to move drivers to CONFIG_SYS_I2C which
2507 provides the following compelling advantages:
2508
2509 - more than one i2c adapter is usable
2510 - approved multibus support
2511 - better i2c mux support
2512
2513 ** Please consider updating your I2C driver now. **
2514
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002515 These enable legacy I2C serial bus commands. Defining
2516 CONFIG_HARD_I2C will include the appropriate I2C driver
2517 for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002518
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002519 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05002520 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002521 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
2522 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002523 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002524
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002525 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002526
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002527 There are several other quantities that must also be
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002528 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002529
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002530 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002531 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002532 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002533 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002534
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002535 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002536 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05002537 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
2538 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
2539 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002540
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05002541 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
2542
2543 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2544 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2545 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
2546 commands until the slave device responds.
2547
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002548 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002549
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01002550 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SOFT)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002551 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
2552 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002553
2554 I2C_INIT
2555
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002556 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002557 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002558
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002559 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002560
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561 I2C_PORT
2562
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002563 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
2564 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
2565 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002566
2567 I2C_ACTIVE
2568
2569 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
2570 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
2571 define can be null.
2572
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002573 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
2574
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002575 I2C_TRISTATE
2576
2577 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
2578 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
2579 define can be null.
2580
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002581 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
2582
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583 I2C_READ
2584
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002585 Code that returns true if the I2C data line is high,
2586 false if it is low.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002588 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
2589
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002590 I2C_SDA(bit)
2591
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002592 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C data line high. If it
2593 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002594
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002595 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002596 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002597 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002598
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002599 I2C_SCL(bit)
2600
York Sun472d5462013-04-01 11:29:11 -07002601 If <bit> is true, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
2602 is false, it clears it (low).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002603
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002604 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00002605 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002606 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002607
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002608 I2C_DELAY
2609
2610 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
2611 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002612 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00002613 like:
2614
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00002615 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002616
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04002617 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
2618
2619 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
2620 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
2621 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
2622 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
2623
2624 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
2625 the generic GPIO functions.
2626
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002627 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002628
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002629 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
2630 chips might think that the current transfer is still
2631 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
2632 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
2633 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
2634 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
2635 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
2636 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002637
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04002638 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
2639
2640 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
2641 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
2642 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
2643 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
2644 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
2645 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
2646 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
2647 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
2648
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00002649 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
2650
2651 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
2652 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
2653 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
2654
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002655 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
2656
2657 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002658 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
2659 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002660 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
2661
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002662 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002663
2664 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002665 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05002666 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
2667 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002668
2669 e.g.
2670 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002671 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002672
2673 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
2674
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002675 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002676 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04002677
2678 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
2679
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002680 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002681
2682 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
2683 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
2684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002685 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002686
2687 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
2688 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
2689
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002690 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01002691
2692 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
2693 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
2694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002695 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07002696
2697 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
2698 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
2699 specified DTT device.
2700
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06002701 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
2702
2703 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
2704 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
2705 between writing the address pointer and reading the
2706 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
2707 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
2708 devices can use either method, but some require one or
2709 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e61812006-11-03 19:15:00 -06002710
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002711- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
2712
2713 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
2714 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
2715 D/As on the SACSng board)
2716
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09002717 CONFIG_SH_SPI
2718
2719 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
2720 only SH7757 is supported.
2721
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002722 CONFIG_SPI_X
2723
2724 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
2725 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
2726
2727 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
2728
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002729 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
2730 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
2731 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
2732 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
2733 defined, the board configuration must define several
2734 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
2735 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002736
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002737 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
2738
2739 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
2740 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
2741 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002742 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05002743 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
2744
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002745 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
2746
2747 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00002748 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02002749
Heiko Schocherf659b572014-07-14 10:22:11 +02002750 CONFIG_SYS_SPI_MXC_WAIT
2751 Timeout for waiting until spi transfer completed.
2752 default: (CONFIG_SYS_HZ/100) /* 10 ms */
2753
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01002754- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
2755
2756 Enables FPGA subsystem.
2757
2758 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
2759
2760 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
2761 (ALTERA, XILINX)
2762
2763 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
2764
2765 Enables support for FPGA family.
2766 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
2767
2768 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002769
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002770 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002771
Siva Durga Prasad Paladugu64e809a2014-03-14 16:35:38 +05302772 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADMK
2773
2774 Enable support for fpga loadmk command
2775
Michal Simek67193862014-05-02 13:43:39 +02002776 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADP
2777
2778 Enable support for fpga loadp command - load partial bitstream
2779
2780 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA_LOADBP
2781
2782 Enable support for fpga loadbp command - load partial bitstream
2783 (Xilinx only)
2784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002785 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002786
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002787 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002788
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002789 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002790
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002791 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
2792 status by the configuration function. This option
2793 will require a board or device specific function to
2794 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002795
2796 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
2797
2798 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
2799 configuration driver.
2800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002801 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
2803
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002804 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002805
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002806 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2807 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2808 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2809 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002810
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002811 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002812
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002813 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to de-assert
2814 after PROB_B has been de-asserted during a Virtex II
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002815 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002816 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002818 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002819
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002820 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to de-assert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002821 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002823 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002824
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002825 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002826 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002827
2828- Configuration Management:
Stefan Roeseb2b8a692014-10-22 12:13:24 +02002829 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET
2830
2831 Some SoCs need special image types (e.g. U-Boot binary
2832 with a special header) as build targets. By defining
2833 CONFIG_BUILD_TARGET in the SoC / board header, this
2834 special image will be automatically built upon calling
2835 make / MAKEALL.
2836
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002837 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2838
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002839 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2840 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002841
2842- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2843
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002844 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2845 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002846 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002847 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2848 protects these variables from casual modification by
2849 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2850 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002851 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002852
2853 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2854 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002855 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002856 these parameters.
2857
Joe Hershberger92ac5202015-05-04 14:55:14 -05002858 Alternatively, if you define _both_ an ethaddr in the
2859 default env _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002860 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002861 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2862 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2863 read-only.]
2864
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06002865 The same can be accomplished in a more flexible way
2866 for any variable by configuring the type of access
2867 to allow for those variables in the ".flags" variable
2868 or define CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC.
2869
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002870- Protected RAM:
2871 CONFIG_PRAM
2872
2873 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2874 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2875 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2876 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2877 this default value by defining an environment
2878 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2879 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2880 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2881 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2882 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2883 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2884 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2885
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002886 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002887 saveenv
2888
2889 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2890 either, which results in a memory region that will
2891 not be affected by reboots.
2892
2893 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2894 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2895 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2896 following board configurations are known to be
2897 "pRAM-clean":
2898
Wolfgang Denk1b0757e2012-10-24 02:36:15 +00002899 IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2900 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002901 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002902
Gabe Black40fef042012-12-02 04:55:18 +00002903- Access to physical memory region (> 4GB)
2904 Some basic support is provided for operations on memory not
2905 normally accessible to U-Boot - e.g. some architectures
2906 support access to more than 4GB of memory on 32-bit
2907 machines using physical address extension or similar.
2908 Define CONFIG_PHYSMEM to access this basic support, which
2909 currently only supports clearing the memory.
2910
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911- Error Recovery:
2912 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2913
2914 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2915 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2916 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002917 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002918 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2919 useful during development since you can try to debug
2920 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2921
2922 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2923
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002924 This variable defines the number of retries for
2925 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2926 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2927 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002928
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002929 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2930
2931 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2932
Tetsuyuki Kobayashi48a3e992012-07-03 22:25:21 +00002933 CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT
2934
2935 Timeout in milliseconds used in NFS protocol.
2936 If you encounter "ERROR: Cannot umount" in nfs command,
2937 try longer timeout such as
2938 #define CONFIG_NFS_TIMEOUT 10000UL
2939
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002940- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002941 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002942
2943 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002945 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002946
2947 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2948 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2949 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2950
2951 Note:
2952
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002953 In the current implementation, the local variables
2954 space and global environment variables space are
2955 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2956 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2957 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2958 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2959 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002960
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002961 Global environment variables are those you use
2962 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2963 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2964 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002965
2966 To store commands and special characters in a
2967 variable, please use double quotation marks
2968 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2969 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2970 symbols.
2971
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002972- Command Line Editing and History:
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002973 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2974
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002975 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08002976 command line input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002977
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002978- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002979 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2980
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002981 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2982 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002983 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002984
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002985 For example, place something like this in your
2986 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002987
2988 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2989 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2990 "myvar2=value2\0"
2991
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002992 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2993 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2994 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2995 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002996 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002997 You better know what you are doing here.
2998
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002999 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
3000 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003001 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003002 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003
Stephen Warren5e724ca2012-05-22 09:21:54 +00003004 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_CONFIG
3005
3006 Define this in order to add variables describing the
3007 U-Boot build configuration to the default environment.
3008 These will be named arch, cpu, board, vendor, and soc.
3009
3010 Enabling this option will cause the following to be defined:
3011
3012 - CONFIG_SYS_ARCH
3013 - CONFIG_SYS_CPU
3014 - CONFIG_SYS_BOARD
3015 - CONFIG_SYS_VENDOR
3016 - CONFIG_SYS_SOC
3017
Tom Rini7e27f892012-10-24 07:28:16 +00003018 CONFIG_ENV_VARS_UBOOT_RUNTIME_CONFIG
3019
3020 Define this in order to add variables describing certain
3021 run-time determined information about the hardware to the
3022 environment. These will be named board_name, board_rev.
3023
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003024 CONFIG_DELAY_ENVIRONMENT
3025
3026 Normally the environment is loaded when the board is
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003027 initialised so that it is available to U-Boot. This inhibits
Simon Glass06fd8532012-11-30 13:01:17 +00003028 that so that the environment is not available until
3029 explicitly loaded later by U-Boot code. With CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
3030 this is instead controlled by the value of
3031 /config/load-environment.
3032
Chris Packham3b10cf12015-06-19 20:25:59 +12003033- Parallel Flash support:
3034 CONFIG_SYS_NO_FLASH
3035
3036 Traditionally U-boot was run on systems with parallel NOR
3037 flash. This option is used to disable support for parallel NOR
3038 flash. This option should be defined if the board does not have
3039 parallel flash.
3040
3041 If this option is not defined one of the generic flash drivers
3042 (e.g. CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER or CONFIG_ST_SMI) must be
3043 selected or the board must provide an implementation of the
3044 flash API (see include/flash.h).
3045
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003046- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003047 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
3048
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003049 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
3050 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
3051 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00003052
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07003053- Serial Flash support
3054 CONFIG_CMD_SF
3055
3056 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
3057 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
3058
3059 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
3060 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
3061 commands.
3062
3063 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
3064 to handle the common case when only a single serial
3065 flash is present on the system.
3066
3067 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
3068 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
3069 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
3070 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
3071
Simon Glass24007272012-10-08 13:16:02 +00003072 CONFIG_CMD_SF_TEST
3073
3074 Define this option to include a destructive SPI flash
3075 test ('sf test').
3076
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303077 CONFIG_SF_DUAL_FLASH Dual flash memories
3078
3079 Define this option to use dual flash support where two flash
3080 memories can be connected with a given cs line.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003081 Currently Xilinx Zynq qspi supports these type of connections.
Jagannadha Sutradharudu Tekib902e072014-01-11 15:25:04 +05303082
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003083- SystemACE Support:
3084 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
3085
3086 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
3087 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003088 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003089 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003090
3091 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003092 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00003093
3094 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
3095 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
3096
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003097- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
3098 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
3099
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003100 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003101 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003102 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003103 number generator is used.
3104
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003105 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
3106 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
3107 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
3108
3109 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003110 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
3111 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
3112 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
3113 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
3114 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
3115 but sometimes that is not allowed.
3116
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003117- Hashing support:
3118 CONFIG_CMD_HASH
3119
3120 This enables a generic 'hash' command which can produce
3121 hashes / digests from a few algorithms (e.g. SHA1, SHA256).
3122
3123 CONFIG_HASH_VERIFY
3124
3125 Enable the hash verify command (hash -v). This adds to code
3126 size a little.
3127
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303128 CONFIG_SHA1 - This option enables support of hashing using SHA1
3129 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3130 CONFIG_SHA256 - This option enables support of hashing using
3131 SHA256 algorithm. The hash is calculated in software.
3132 CONFIG_SHA_HW_ACCEL - This option enables hardware acceleration
3133 for SHA1/SHA256 hashing.
3134 This affects the 'hash' command and also the
3135 hash_lookup_algo() function.
3136 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL - This option enables
3137 hardware-acceleration for SHA1/SHA256 progressive hashing.
3138 Data can be streamed in a block at a time and the hashing
3139 is performed in hardware.
Simon Glassbf36c5d2012-12-05 14:46:38 +00003140
3141 Note: There is also a sha1sum command, which should perhaps
3142 be deprecated in favour of 'hash sha1'.
3143
Robert Winklera11f1872013-07-24 17:57:06 -07003144- Freescale i.MX specific commands:
3145 CONFIG_CMD_HDMIDETECT
3146 This enables 'hdmidet' command which returns true if an
3147 HDMI monitor is detected. This command is i.MX 6 specific.
3148
3149 CONFIG_CMD_BMODE
3150 This enables the 'bmode' (bootmode) command for forcing
3151 a boot from specific media.
3152
3153 This is useful for forcing the ROM's usb downloader to
3154 activate upon a watchdog reset which is nice when iterating
3155 on U-Boot. Using the reset button or running bmode normal
3156 will set it back to normal. This command currently
3157 supports i.MX53 and i.MX6.
3158
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003159- Signing support:
3160 CONFIG_RSA
3161
3162 This enables the RSA algorithm used for FIT image verification
Detlev Zundel8bf2aad2014-01-20 16:21:46 +01003163 in U-Boot. See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more information.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003164
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303165 The Modular Exponentiation algorithm in RSA is implemented using
3166 driver model. So CONFIG_DM needs to be enabled by default for this
3167 library to function.
3168
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003169 The signing part is build into mkimage regardless of this
Ruchika Guptac937ff62015-01-23 16:01:54 +05303170 option. The software based modular exponentiation is built into
3171 mkimage irrespective of this option.
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003172
Heiko Schocher9e50c402014-01-25 07:27:13 +01003173- bootcount support:
3174 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_LIMIT
3175
3176 This enables the bootcounter support, see:
3177 http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/UBootBootCountLimit
3178
3179 CONFIG_AT91SAM9XE
3180 enable special bootcounter support on at91sam9xe based boards.
3181 CONFIG_BLACKFIN
3182 enable special bootcounter support on blackfin based boards.
3183 CONFIG_SOC_DA8XX
3184 enable special bootcounter support on da850 based boards.
3185 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_RAM
3186 enable support for the bootcounter in RAM
3187 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_I2C
3188 enable support for the bootcounter on an i2c (like RTC) device.
3189 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_RTC_ADDR = i2c chip address
3190 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTCOUNT_ADDR = i2c addr which is used for
3191 the bootcounter.
3192 CONFIG_BOOTCOUNT_ALEN = address len
Simon Glass19c402a2013-06-13 15:10:02 -07003193
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003194- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003195 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
3196
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003197 Defining this option allows to add some board-
3198 specific code (calling a user-provided function
3199 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
3200 the system's boot progress on some display (for
3201 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
3202 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003203
Simon Glass94fd1312012-09-28 08:56:37 +00003204
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003205Legacy uImage format:
3206
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003207 Arg Where When
3208 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003209 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003210 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003211 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003212 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00003213 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003214 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
3215 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
3216 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003217 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003218 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
3219 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
3220 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
3221 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003222 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003223 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003224
3225 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3226 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
3227 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
3228 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
3229 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
3230 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
3231 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003232 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003233 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
3234 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
3235
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003236 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003237
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003238 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00003239 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
3240 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00003241
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003242 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
3243 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
3244 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
3245 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
3246 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
3247 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3248 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
3249 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
3250 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
3251 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
3252 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3253 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
3254 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
3255 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
3256 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
3257 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
3258 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
3259 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
3260 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
3261 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
3262 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
3263 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
3264 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
3265 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
3266 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
3267 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
3268 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3269 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
3270 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
3271 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
3272 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
3273 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
3274 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
3275 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
3276 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
3277 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
3278 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
3279 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
3280 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
3281 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
3282 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
3283 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
3284 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
3285 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
3286 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
3287 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
3288 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003289
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003290 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003291
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003292 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003293 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
3294 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00003295
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003296 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
Joe Hershbergerbc0571f2015-04-08 01:41:21 -05003297 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling net_loop()
3298 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in net_loop() occurred
3299 81 common/cmd_net.c net_loop() back without error
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003300 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
3301 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02003302 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
3303 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02003304 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003305
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003306FIT uImage format:
3307
3308 Arg Where When
3309 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
3310 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
3311 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
3312 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
3313 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
3314 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01003315 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003316 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
3317 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
3318 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
3319 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
3320 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003321 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
3322 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003323 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
3324 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
3325 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
3326 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
3327 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
3328 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
3329 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
3330 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
3331
3332 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
3333 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
3334 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003335 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003336 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
3337 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
3338 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
3339 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
3340 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
3341 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
3342 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
3343 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
3344 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
3345 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
3346 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
3347 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
3348
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003349 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003350 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
3351
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003352 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003353 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
3354
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003355 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003356 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
3357
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003358- legacy image format:
3359 CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3360 enables the legacy image format support in U-Boot.
3361
3362 Default:
3363 enabled if CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE is not defined.
3364
3365 CONFIG_DISABLE_IMAGE_LEGACY
3366 disable the legacy image format
3367
3368 This define is introduced, as the legacy image format is
3369 enabled per default for backward compatibility.
3370
Gabe Blackd95f6ec2012-10-25 16:31:10 +00003371- FIT image support:
3372 CONFIG_FIT
3373 Enable support for the FIT uImage format.
3374
3375 CONFIG_FIT_BEST_MATCH
3376 When no configuration is explicitly selected, default to the
3377 one whose fdt's compatibility field best matches that of
3378 U-Boot itself. A match is considered "best" if it matches the
3379 most specific compatibility entry of U-Boot's fdt's root node.
3380 The order of entries in the configuration's fdt is ignored.
3381
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003382 CONFIG_FIT_SIGNATURE
3383 This option enables signature verification of FIT uImages,
gaurav rana94e3c8c2015-02-20 12:51:46 +05303384 using a hash signed and verified using RSA. If
3385 CONFIG_SHA_PROG_HW_ACCEL is defined, i.e support for progressive
3386 hashing is available using hardware, RSA library will use it.
3387 See doc/uImage.FIT/signature.txt for more details.
Simon Glass3e569a62013-06-13 15:10:00 -07003388
Heiko Schocher21d29f72014-05-28 11:33:33 +02003389 WARNING: When relying on signed FIT images with required
3390 signature check the legacy image format is default
3391 disabled. If a board need legacy image format support
3392 enable this through CONFIG_IMAGE_FORMAT_LEGACY
3393
Dirk Eibach9a4f4792014-07-03 09:28:26 +02003394 CONFIG_FIT_DISABLE_SHA256
3395 Supporting SHA256 hashes has quite an impact on binary size.
3396 For constrained systems sha256 hash support can be disabled
3397 with this option.
3398
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003399- Standalone program support:
3400 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
3401
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02003402 This option defines a board specific value for the
3403 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
3404 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003405 settings.
3406
3407- Frame Buffer Address:
3408 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
3409
3410 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
Wolfgang Denk44a53b52013-01-03 00:43:59 +00003411 address for frame buffer. This is typically the case
3412 when using a graphics controller has separate video
3413 memory. U-Boot will then place the frame buffer at
3414 the given address instead of dynamically reserving it
3415 in system RAM by calling lcd_setmem(), which grabs
3416 the memory for the frame buffer depending on the
3417 configured panel size.
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003418
3419 Please see board_init_f function.
3420
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01003421- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
3422 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
3423 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
3424 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
3425
3426 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
3427 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
3428
3429- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
3430 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
3431
3432 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
3433 Needed for mtdparts command support.
3434
3435 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
3436
3437 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
3438 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
3439
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003440- UBI support
3441 CONFIG_CMD_UBI
3442
3443 Adds commands for interacting with MTD partitions formatted
3444 with the UBI flash translation layer
3445
3446 Requires also defining CONFIG_RBTREE
3447
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003448 CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
3449
3450 Make the verbose messages from UBI stop printing. This leaves
3451 warnings and errors enabled.
3452
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003453
3454 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_WL_THRESHOLD
3455 This parameter defines the maximum difference between the highest
3456 erase counter value and the lowest erase counter value of eraseblocks
3457 of UBI devices. When this threshold is exceeded, UBI starts performing
3458 wear leveling by means of moving data from eraseblock with low erase
3459 counter to eraseblocks with high erase counter.
3460
3461 The default value should be OK for SLC NAND flashes, NOR flashes and
3462 other flashes which have eraseblock life-cycle 100000 or more.
3463 However, in case of MLC NAND flashes which typically have eraseblock
3464 life-cycle less than 10000, the threshold should be lessened (e.g.,
3465 to 128 or 256, although it does not have to be power of 2).
3466
3467 default: 4096
Simon Glassc654b512014-10-23 18:58:54 -06003468
Heiko Schocherff94bc42014-06-24 10:10:04 +02003469 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_BEB_LIMIT
3470 This option specifies the maximum bad physical eraseblocks UBI
3471 expects on the MTD device (per 1024 eraseblocks). If the
3472 underlying flash does not admit of bad eraseblocks (e.g. NOR
3473 flash), this value is ignored.
3474
3475 NAND datasheets often specify the minimum and maximum NVM
3476 (Number of Valid Blocks) for the flashes' endurance lifetime.
3477 The maximum expected bad eraseblocks per 1024 eraseblocks
3478 then can be calculated as "1024 * (1 - MinNVB / MaxNVB)",
3479 which gives 20 for most NANDs (MaxNVB is basically the total
3480 count of eraseblocks on the chip).
3481
3482 To put it differently, if this value is 20, UBI will try to
3483 reserve about 1.9% of physical eraseblocks for bad blocks
3484 handling. And that will be 1.9% of eraseblocks on the entire
3485 NAND chip, not just the MTD partition UBI attaches. This means
3486 that if you have, say, a NAND flash chip admits maximum 40 bad
3487 eraseblocks, and it is split on two MTD partitions of the same
3488 size, UBI will reserve 40 eraseblocks when attaching a
3489 partition.
3490
3491 default: 20
3492
3493 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP
3494 Fastmap is a mechanism which allows attaching an UBI device
3495 in nearly constant time. Instead of scanning the whole MTD device it
3496 only has to locate a checkpoint (called fastmap) on the device.
3497 The on-flash fastmap contains all information needed to attach
3498 the device. Using fastmap makes only sense on large devices where
3499 attaching by scanning takes long. UBI will not automatically install
3500 a fastmap on old images, but you can set the UBI parameter
3501 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT to 1 if you want so. Please note
3502 that fastmap-enabled images are still usable with UBI implementations
3503 without fastmap support. On typical flash devices the whole fastmap
3504 fits into one PEB. UBI will reserve PEBs to hold two fastmaps.
3505
3506 CONFIG_MTD_UBI_FASTMAP_AUTOCONVERT
3507 Set this parameter to enable fastmap automatically on images
3508 without a fastmap.
3509 default: 0
3510
Joe Hershberger70c219c2013-04-08 10:32:48 +00003511- UBIFS support
3512 CONFIG_CMD_UBIFS
3513
3514 Adds commands for interacting with UBI volumes formatted as
3515 UBIFS. UBIFS is read-only in u-boot.
3516
3517 Requires UBI support as well as CONFIG_LZO
3518
Joe Hershberger147162d2013-04-08 10:32:49 +00003519 CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
3520
3521 Make the verbose messages from UBIFS stop printing. This leaves
3522 warnings and errors enabled.
3523
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003524- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003525 CONFIG_SPL
3526 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003527
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003528 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
3529 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
3530
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003531 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT
3532 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL, BSS included.
3533 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory
3534 used by SPL from _start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003535 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003536 must not be both defined at the same time.
3537
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003538 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003539 Maximum size of the SPL image (text, data, rodata, and
3540 linker lists sections), BSS excluded.
3541 When defined, the linker checks that the actual size does
3542 not exceed it.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003543
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003544 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
3545 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003546
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003547 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_TEXT_BASE
3548 Address to relocate to. If unspecified, this is equal to
3549 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE (i.e. no relocation is done).
3550
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003551 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_START_ADDR
3552 Link address for the BSS within the SPL binary.
3553
3554 CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003555 Maximum size in memory allocated to the SPL BSS.
3556 When defined, the linker checks that the actual memory used
3557 by SPL from __bss_start to __bss_end does not exceed it.
Albert ARIBAUD8960af82013-04-14 04:48:38 +00003558 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_FOOTPRINT and CONFIG_SPL_BSS_MAX_SIZE
Albert ARIBAUD6ebc3462013-04-12 05:14:30 +00003559 must not be both defined at the same time.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003560
3561 CONFIG_SPL_STACK
3562 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use
3563
Albert ARIBAUD \(3ADEV\)8c80eb32015-03-31 11:40:50 +02003564 CONFIG_SPL_PANIC_ON_RAW_IMAGE
3565 When defined, SPL will panic() if the image it has
3566 loaded does not have a signature.
3567 Defining this is useful when code which loads images
3568 in SPL cannot guarantee that absolutely all read errors
3569 will be caught.
3570 An example is the LPC32XX MLC NAND driver, which will
3571 consider that a completely unreadable NAND block is bad,
3572 and thus should be skipped silently.
3573
Scott Wood94a45bb2012-09-20 19:05:12 -05003574 CONFIG_SPL_RELOC_STACK
3575 Adress of the start of the stack SPL will use after
3576 relocation. If unspecified, this is equal to
3577 CONFIG_SPL_STACK.
3578
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003579 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START
3580 Starting address of the malloc pool used in SPL.
3581
3582 CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_SIZE
3583 The size of the malloc pool used in SPL.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003584
Tom Rini47f7bca2012-08-13 12:03:19 -07003585 CONFIG_SPL_FRAMEWORK
3586 Enable the SPL framework under common/. This framework
3587 supports MMC, NAND and YMODEM loading of U-Boot and NAND
3588 NAND loading of the Linux Kernel.
3589
Tom Rini9607faf2014-03-28 12:03:39 -04003590 CONFIG_SPL_OS_BOOT
3591 Enable booting directly to an OS from SPL.
3592 See also: doc/README.falcon
3593
Tom Rini861a86f2012-08-13 11:37:56 -07003594 CONFIG_SPL_DISPLAY_PRINT
3595 For ARM, enable an optional function to print more information
3596 about the running system.
3597
Scott Wood4b919722012-09-20 16:35:21 -05003598 CONFIG_SPL_INIT_MINIMAL
3599 Arch init code should be built for a very small image
3600
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003601 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
3602 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003603
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003604 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
3605 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003606
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003607 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
3608 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003609
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003610 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
3611 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003612
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003613 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
3614 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003615
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003616 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_SECTOR,
3617 CONFIG_SYS_U_BOOT_MAX_SIZE_SECTORS,
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003618 Address and partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003619 when the MMC is being used in raw mode.
3620
Paul Kocialkowskib97300b2014-11-08 23:14:56 +01003621 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_U_BOOT_PARTITION
3622 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3623 used in raw mode
3624
Peter Korsgaard2b75b0a2013-05-13 08:36:29 +00003625 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_KERNEL_SECTOR
3626 Sector to load kernel uImage from when MMC is being
3627 used in raw mode (for Falcon mode)
3628
3629 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTOR,
3630 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_RAW_MODE_ARGS_SECTORS
3631 Sector and number of sectors to load kernel argument
3632 parameters from when MMC is being used in raw mode
3633 (for falcon mode)
3634
Paul Kocialkowskie2ccdf82014-11-08 23:14:55 +01003635 CONFIG_SYS_MMCSD_FS_BOOT_PARTITION
3636 Partition on the MMC to load U-Boot from when the MMC is being
3637 used in fs mode
3638
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003639 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
3640 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
3641
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003642 CONFIG_SPL_EXT_SUPPORT
3643 Support for EXT filesystem in SPL binary
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003644
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003645 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_PAYLOAD_NAME
3646 Filename to read to load U-Boot when reading from filesystem
3647
3648 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_KERNEL_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003649 Filename to read to load kernel uImage when reading
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003650 from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003651
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003652 CONFIG_SPL_FS_LOAD_ARGS_NAME
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003653 Filename to read to load kernel argument parameters
Guillaume GARDETfae81c72014-10-15 17:53:13 +02003654 when reading from filesystem (for Falcon mode)
Peter Korsgaard7ad2cc72013-05-13 08:36:27 +00003655
Scott Wood06f60ae2012-12-06 13:33:17 +00003656 CONFIG_SPL_MPC83XX_WAIT_FOR_NAND
3657 Set this for NAND SPL on PPC mpc83xx targets, so that
3658 start.S waits for the rest of the SPL to load before
3659 continuing (the hardware starts execution after just
3660 loading the first page rather than the full 4K).
3661
Prabhakar Kushwaha651fcf62014-04-08 19:12:31 +05303662 CONFIG_SPL_SKIP_RELOCATE
3663 Avoid SPL relocation
3664
Scott Wood6f2f01b2012-09-20 19:09:07 -05003665 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BASE
3666 Include nand_base.c in the SPL. Requires
3667 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS.
3668
3669 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_DRIVERS
3670 SPL uses normal NAND drivers, not minimal drivers.
3671
3672 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_ECC
3673 Include standard software ECC in the SPL
3674
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003675 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_SIMPLE
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003676 Support for NAND boot using simple NAND drivers that
3677 expose the cmd_ctrl() interface.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003678
Tom Rini6dd3b562014-03-28 12:03:36 -04003679 CONFIG_SPL_MTD_SUPPORT
3680 Support for the MTD subsystem within SPL. Useful for
3681 environment on NAND support within SPL.
3682
Heiko Schocher0c3117b2014-10-31 08:31:00 +01003683 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_RAW_ONLY
3684 Support to boot only raw u-boot.bin images. Use this only
3685 if you need to save space.
3686
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003687 CONFIG_SPL_MPC8XXX_INIT_DDR_SUPPORT
3688 Set for the SPL on PPC mpc8xxx targets, support for
York Sun5614e712013-09-30 09:22:09 -07003689 drivers/ddr/fsl/libddr.o in SPL binary.
Ying Zhangbb0dc102013-08-16 15:16:11 +08003690
Ying Zhang7c8eea52013-08-16 15:16:12 +08003691 CONFIG_SPL_COMMON_INIT_DDR
3692 Set for common ddr init with serial presence detect in
3693 SPL binary.
3694
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003695 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_5_ADDR_CYCLE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_COUNT,
3696 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_PAGE_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_OOBSIZE,
3697 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BLOCK_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BAD_BLOCK_POS,
3698 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCPOS, CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCSIZE,
3699 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_ECCBYTES
3700 Defines the size and behavior of the NAND that SPL uses
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003701 to read U-Boot
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003702
Prabhakar Kushwahafbe76ae2013-12-11 12:42:11 +05303703 CONFIG_SPL_NAND_BOOT
3704 Add support NAND boot
3705
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003706 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_OFFS
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003707 Location in NAND to read U-Boot from
3708
3709 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_DST
3710 Location in memory to load U-Boot to
3711
3712 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_SIZE
3713 Size of image to load
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003714
3715 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_U_BOOT_START
Scott Wood7d4b7952012-09-21 18:35:27 -05003716 Entry point in loaded image to jump to
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003717
3718 CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3719 Define this if you need to first read the OOB and then the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003720 data. This is used, for example, on davinci platforms.
Tom Rini95579792012-02-14 07:29:40 +00003721
3722 CONFIG_SPL_OMAP3_ID_NAND
3723 Support for an OMAP3-specific set of functions to return the
3724 ID and MFR of the first attached NAND chip, if present.
3725
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003726 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
3727 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003728
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003729 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
3730 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003731
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003732 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
3733 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00003734
Pavel Machekc57b9532012-08-30 22:42:11 +02003735 CONFIG_SPL_RAM_DEVICE
3736 Support for running image already present in ram, in SPL binary
3737
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02003738 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
3739 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01003740
Ying Zhangba1bee42013-05-20 14:07:25 +08003741 CONFIG_SPL_ENV_SUPPORT
3742 Support for the environment operating in SPL binary
3743
3744 CONFIG_SPL_NET_SUPPORT
3745 Support for the net/libnet.o in SPL binary.
3746 It conflicts with SPL env from storage medium specified by
3747 CONFIG_ENV_IS_xxx but CONFIG_ENV_IS_NOWHERE
3748
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003749 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO
Benoît Thébaudeau6113d3f2013-04-11 09:35:49 +00003750 Image offset to which the SPL should be padded before appending
3751 the SPL payload. By default, this is defined as
3752 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3753 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3754 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Scott Wood74752ba2012-12-06 13:33:16 +00003755
Scott Woodca2fca22012-09-21 16:27:32 -05003756 CONFIG_SPL_TARGET
3757 Final target image containing SPL and payload. Some SPLs
3758 use an arch-specific makefile fragment instead, for
3759 example if more than one image needs to be produced.
3760
Simon Glass87ebee32013-05-08 08:05:59 +00003761 CONFIG_FIT_SPL_PRINT
3762 Printing information about a FIT image adds quite a bit of
3763 code to SPL. So this is normally disabled in SPL. Use this
3764 option to re-enable it. This will affect the output of the
3765 bootm command when booting a FIT image.
3766
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003767- TPL framework
3768 CONFIG_TPL
3769 Enable building of TPL globally.
3770
3771 CONFIG_TPL_PAD_TO
3772 Image offset to which the TPL should be padded before appending
3773 the TPL payload. By default, this is defined as
Wolfgang Denk93e14592013-10-04 17:43:24 +02003774 CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE, or 0 if CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE is undefined.
3775 CONFIG_SPL_PAD_TO must be either 0, meaning to append the SPL
3776 payload without any padding, or >= CONFIG_SPL_MAX_SIZE.
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08003777
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003778Modem Support:
3779--------------
3780
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02003781[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003782
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003783- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003784 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
3785
3786- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
3787 CONFIG_HWFLOW
3788
3789- Modem debug support:
3790 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
3791
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003792 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
3793 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003794
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003795- Interrupt support (PPC):
3796
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003797 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
3798 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003799 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003800 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003801 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003802 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003803 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00003804 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
3805 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
3806 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00003807
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003808- General:
3809
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003810 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
3811 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
3812 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003813 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003814 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
3815 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
3816 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003817
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003818 If there are no modem init strings in the
3819 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
3820 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003821 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
3823 See also: doc/README.Modem
3824
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00003825Board initialization settings:
3826------------------------------
3827
3828During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
3829to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
3830before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
3831following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
3832architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
3833typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
3834
3835- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
3836- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
3837- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
3838- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003839
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003840Configuration Settings:
3841-----------------------
3842
York Sun4d1fd7f2014-02-26 17:03:19 -08003843- CONFIG_SYS_SUPPORT_64BIT_DATA: Defined automatically if compiled as 64-bit.
3844 Optionally it can be defined to support 64-bit memory commands.
3845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003846- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003847 undefine this when you're short of memory.
3848
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06003849- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
3850 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
3851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003852- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003853 prompt for user input.
3854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003855- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003856
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003857- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003858
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003859- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003860
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003861- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003862 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
3863 booted
3864
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003865- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003866 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
3867
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003868- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003869 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003870
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003871- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003872 If the board specific function
3873 extern int overwrite_console (void);
3874 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003875 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
3876
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003877- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003878 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003879
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003880- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003881 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
3882
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003883- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
3885 simple memory test.
3886
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003887- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003888 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003889
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003890- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00003891 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
3892 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
3893
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003894- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
3895 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003896 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003897 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003898 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
3899 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
3900 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003901 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003902 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01003903 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01003904
3905 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
3906 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
3907 be touched.
3908
3909 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
3910 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
3911 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
3912 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
3913 problems.
3914
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003915- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003916 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
3917
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003918- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003919 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
3920
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003921- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003922 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
3923 Cogent motherboard)
3924
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003925- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926 Physical start address of Flash memory.
3927
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003928- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003929 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
3930 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02003931 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003932 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003933
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003934- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00003935 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
3936 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
3937 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
3938 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003940- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003941 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
3942
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003943- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_F_LEN
3944 Size of the malloc() pool for use before relocation. If
3945 this is defined, then a very simple malloc() implementation
3946 will become available before relocation. The address is just
3947 below the global data, and the stack is moved down to make
3948 space.
3949
3950 This feature allocates regions with increasing addresses
3951 within the region. calloc() is supported, but realloc()
3952 is not available. free() is supported but does nothing.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08003953 The memory will be freed (or in fact just forgotten) when
Simon Glassd59476b2014-07-10 22:23:28 -06003954 U-Boot relocates itself.
3955
Simon Glasse7b14e92014-09-15 06:33:18 -06003956 Pre-relocation malloc() is only supported on ARM and sandbox
Simon Glass29afe9e2014-07-10 22:23:31 -06003957 at present but is fairly easy to enable for other archs.
3958
Simon Glass38687ae2014-11-10 17:16:54 -07003959- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_SIMPLE
3960 Provides a simple and small malloc() and calloc() for those
3961 boards which do not use the full malloc in SPL (which is
3962 enabled with CONFIG_SYS_SPL_MALLOC_START).
3963
Thierry Reding1dfdd9b2014-12-09 22:25:22 -07003964- CONFIG_SYS_NONCACHED_MEMORY:
3965 Size of non-cached memory area. This area of memory will be
3966 typically located right below the malloc() area and mapped
3967 uncached in the MMU. This is useful for drivers that would
3968 otherwise require a lot of explicit cache maintenance. For
3969 some drivers it's also impossible to properly maintain the
3970 cache. For example if the regions that need to be flushed
3971 are not a multiple of the cache-line size, *and* padding
3972 cannot be allocated between the regions to align them (i.e.
3973 if the HW requires a contiguous array of regions, and the
3974 size of each region is not cache-aligned), then a flush of
3975 one region may result in overwriting data that hardware has
3976 written to another region in the same cache-line. This can
3977 happen for example in network drivers where descriptors for
3978 buffers are typically smaller than the CPU cache-line (e.g.
3979 16 bytes vs. 32 or 64 bytes).
3980
3981 Non-cached memory is only supported on 32-bit ARM at present.
3982
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003983- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003984 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
3985 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003986 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01003987 to adjust this setting to your needs.
3988
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003989- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003990 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
3991 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003992 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
3993 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04003994 environment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003995 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003996 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003997 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
3998 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
3999 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06004001- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
4002 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
4003 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
4004 is enabled.
4005
4006- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
4007 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
4008 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4009
4010- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
4011 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
4012 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
4013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004014- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004015 Max number of Flash memory banks
4016
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004017- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004018 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
4019
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004020- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004021 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
4022
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004023- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004024 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
4025
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004026- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004027 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
4028
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004029- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004030 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
4031
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004032- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00004033 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
4034 instead of U-Boot software protection.
4035
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004036- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004037
4038 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
4039 without this option such a download has to be
4040 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
4041 copy from RAM to flash.
4042
4043 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
4044 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004045 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
4046 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004047 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
4048
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004049- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004050 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004051 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
4052
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02004053- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00004054 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
4055 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004056
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01004057- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
4058 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
4059 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
4060 to the MTD layer.
4061
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004062- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02004063 Use buffered writes to flash.
4064
4065- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
4066 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
4067 write commands.
4068
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004069- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01004070 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
4071 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
4072 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
4073 optionally available.
4074
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05004075- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
4076 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
4077 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
4078 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
4079
Stefan Roese352ef3f2013-04-04 15:53:14 +02004080- CONFIG_FLASH_VERIFY
4081 If defined, the content of the flash (destination) is compared
4082 against the source after the write operation. An error message
4083 will be printed when the contents are not identical.
4084 Please note that this option is useless in nearly all cases,
4085 since such flash programming errors usually are detected earlier
4086 while unprotecting/erasing/programming. Please only enable
4087 this option if you really know what you are doing.
4088
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004089- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004090 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
4091 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004092 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
4093 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004094 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00004095 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
4096
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004097- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
4098
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02004099 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
4100 internally to store the environment settings. The default
4101 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
4102 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
4103 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02004104
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004105- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4106- CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
Robert P. J. Day1bce2ae2013-09-16 07:15:45 -04004107 Enable validation of the values given to environment variables when
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004108 calling env set. Variables can be restricted to only decimal,
4109 hexadecimal, or boolean. If CONFIG_CMD_NET is also defined,
4110 the variables can also be restricted to IP address or MAC address.
4111
4112 The format of the list is:
4113 type_attribute = [s|d|x|b|i|m]
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004114 access_attribute = [a|r|o|c]
4115 attributes = type_attribute[access_attribute]
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004116 entry = variable_name[:attributes]
4117 list = entry[,list]
4118
4119 The type attributes are:
4120 s - String (default)
4121 d - Decimal
4122 x - Hexadecimal
4123 b - Boolean ([1yYtT|0nNfF])
4124 i - IP address
4125 m - MAC address
4126
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004127 The access attributes are:
4128 a - Any (default)
4129 r - Read-only
4130 o - Write-once
4131 c - Change-default
4132
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004133 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_DEFAULT
4134 Define this to a list (string) to define the ".flags"
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004135 environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger25980902012-12-11 22:16:31 -06004136
4137 - CONFIG_ENV_FLAGS_LIST_STATIC
4138 Define this to a list (string) to define validation that
4139 should be done if an entry is not found in the ".flags"
4140 environment variable. To override a setting in the static
4141 list, simply add an entry for the same variable name to the
4142 ".flags" variable.
4143
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05004144 If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
4145 regular expression. This allows multiple variables to define the same
4146 flags without explicitly listing them for each variable.
4147
Joe Hershberger267541f2012-12-11 22:16:34 -06004148- CONFIG_ENV_ACCESS_IGNORE_FORCE
4149 If defined, don't allow the -f switch to env set override variable
4150 access flags.
4151
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004152- CONFIG_SYS_GENERIC_BOARD
4153 This selects the architecture-generic board system instead of the
4154 architecture-specific board files. It is intended to move boards
4155 to this new framework over time. Defining this will disable the
4156 arch/foo/lib/board.c file and use common/board_f.c and
4157 common/board_r.c instead. To use this option your architecture
Masahiro Yamada0a12e682015-03-19 19:42:51 +09004158 must support it (i.e. must select HAVE_GENERIC_BOARD in arch/Kconfig).
4159 If you find problems enabling this option on your board please report
4160 the problem and send patches!
Simon Glass5c1a7ea2013-03-08 13:45:27 +00004161
Lokesh Vutla0b1b60c2013-04-17 20:49:40 +00004162- CONFIG_OMAP_PLATFORM_RESET_TIME_MAX_USEC (OMAP only)
4163 This is set by OMAP boards for the max time that reset should
4164 be asserted. See doc/README.omap-reset-time for details on how
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004165 the value can be calculated on a given board.
Simon Glass632efa72013-03-11 07:06:48 +00004166
Gabe Black0d296cc2014-10-15 04:38:30 -06004167- CONFIG_USE_STDINT
4168 If stdint.h is available with your toolchain you can define this
4169 option to enable it. You can provide option 'USE_STDINT=1' when
4170 building U-Boot to enable this.
4171
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
4173of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
4174following configurations:
4175
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00004176- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
4177
4178 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
4179 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
4180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004181- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004182
4183 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
4184
4185 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
4186 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
4187 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
4188 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
4189 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
4190 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
4191 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
4192 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
4193 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
4194 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
4195 between U-Boot and the environment.
4196
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004197 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004198
4199 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
4200 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
4201 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
4202 for this sector is given here.
4203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004204 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004205
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004206 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004207
4208 This is just another way to specify the start address of
4209 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004210 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004211
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004212 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004213
4214 Size of the sector containing the environment.
4215
4216
4217 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
4218 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
4219 the environment.
4220
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004221 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004222
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02004223 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004224 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004225 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
4226 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
4227
4228 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
4229 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
4230 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
4231 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
4232 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
4233 updating the environment in flash makes it always
4234 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
4235 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
4236 RAM, your target system will be dead.
4237
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004238 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
4239 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004240
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004241 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004242 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00004243 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004244 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004245
4246BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
4247source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
4248accordingly!
4249
4250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02004251- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004252
4253 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
4254 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
4255 environment.
4256
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004257 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4258 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004259
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004260 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004261 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
4262 can just be read and written to, without any special
4263 provision.
4264
4265BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004266in U-Boot initialization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004267console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004268U-Boot will hang.
4269
4270Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
4271environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
4272keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
4273to save the current settings.
4274
4275
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02004276- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004277
4278 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
4279 device and a driver for it.
4280
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004281 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4282 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004283
4284 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4285 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
4286
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004287 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004288 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
4289 The default address is zero.
4290
Christian Gmeiner189d2572015-02-11 15:19:31 +01004291 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_BUS:
4292 If defined, specified the i2c bus of the EEPROM device.
4293
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004294 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004295 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
4296 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
4297 would require six bits.
4298
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004299 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004300 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00004301 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004302
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004303 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004304 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
4305 that this is NOT the chip address length!
4306
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004307 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004308 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
4309 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
4310 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
4311 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
4312 byte chips.
4313
4314 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
4315 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
4316 in the chip address.
4317
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004318 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004319 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
4320
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004321 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
4322 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
4323 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
4324
4325 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
4326 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
4327 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
4328 EEPROM. For example:
4329
Heiko Schocherea818db2013-01-29 08:53:15 +01004330 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS 1
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01004331
4332 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
4333 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004334
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004335- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004336
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00004337 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004338 want to use for the environment.
4339
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004340 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4341 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4342 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004343
4344 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
4345 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
4346 at the specified address.
4347
Wu, Joshbd83b592014-07-01 19:30:13 +08004348- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_SPI_FLASH:
4349
4350 Define this if you have a SPI Flash memory device which you
4351 want to use for the environment.
4352
4353 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4354 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4355
4356 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
4357 environment area within the SPI Flash. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4358 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4359
4360 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
4361
4362 Define the SPI flash's sector size.
4363
4364 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4365
4366 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
4367 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4368 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
4369 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
4370 aligned to an erase sector boundary.
4371
4372 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_BUS (optional):
4373 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_CS (optional):
4374
4375 Define the SPI bus and chip select. If not defined they will be 0.
4376
4377 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MAX_HZ (optional):
4378
4379 Define the SPI max work clock. If not defined then use 1MHz.
4380
4381 - CONFIG_ENV_SPI_MODE (optional):
4382
4383 Define the SPI work mode. If not defined then use SPI_MODE_3.
4384
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004385- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_REMOTE:
4386
4387 Define this if you have a remote memory space which you
4388 want to use for the local device's environment.
4389
4390 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
4391 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4392
4393 These two #defines specify the address and size of the
4394 environment area within the remote memory space. The
4395 local device can get the environment from remote memory
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004396 space by SRIO or PCIE links.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004397
4398BE CAREFUL! For some special cases, the local device can not use
4399"saveenv" command. For example, the local device will get the
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00004400environment stored in a remote NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE link,
4401but it can not erase, write this NOR flash by SRIO or PCIE interface.
Liu Gang0a85a9e2012-03-08 00:33:20 +00004402
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02004403- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004404
4405 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
4406 for the environment.
4407
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004408 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4409 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00004410
4411 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004412 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
4413 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00004414
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004415 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004416
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02004417 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004418 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
4419 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004420 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004421 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004422
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05004423 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
4424
4425 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
4426 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
4427 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
4428 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
4429 the range to be avoided.
4430
4431 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
4432
4433 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
4434 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
4435 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
4436 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
4437 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01004438
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02004439- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
4440
4441 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
4442 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
4443 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4444
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004445- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_UBI:
4446
4447 Define this if you have an UBI volume that you want to use for the
4448 environment. This has the benefit of wear-leveling the environment
4449 accesses, which is important on NAND.
4450
4451 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_PART:
4452
4453 Define this to a string that is the mtd partition containing the UBI.
4454
4455 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME:
4456
4457 Define this to the name of the volume that you want to store the
4458 environment in.
4459
Joe Hershberger785881f2013-04-08 10:32:52 +00004460 - CONFIG_ENV_UBI_VOLUME_REDUND:
4461
4462 Define this to the name of another volume to store a second copy of
4463 the environment in. This will enable redundant environments in UBI.
4464 It is assumed that both volumes are in the same MTD partition.
4465
Joe Hershberger2b744332013-04-08 10:32:51 +00004466 - CONFIG_UBI_SILENCE_MSG
4467 - CONFIG_UBIFS_SILENCE_MSG
4468
4469 You will probably want to define these to avoid a really noisy system
4470 when storing the env in UBI.
4471
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004472- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FAT:
4473 Define this if you want to use the FAT file system for the environment.
4474
4475 - FAT_ENV_INTERFACE:
4476
4477 Define this to a string that is the name of the block device.
4478
4479 - FAT_ENV_DEV_AND_PART:
4480
4481 Define this to a string to specify the partition of the device. It can
4482 be as following:
4483
4484 "D:P", "D:0", "D", "D:" or "D:auto" (D, P are integers. And P >= 1)
4485 - "D:P": device D partition P. Error occurs if device D has no
4486 partition table.
4487 - "D:0": device D.
4488 - "D" or "D:": device D partition 1 if device D has partition
4489 table, or the whole device D if has no partition
4490 table.
4491 - "D:auto": first partition in device D with bootable flag set.
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004492 If none, first valid partition in device D. If no
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004493 partition table then means device D.
4494
4495 - FAT_ENV_FILE:
4496
4497 It's a string of the FAT file name. This file use to store the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004498 environment.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004499
4500 - CONFIG_FAT_WRITE:
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004501 This should be defined. Otherwise it cannot save the environment file.
Wu, Joshd1db76f2014-06-24 17:31:03 +08004502
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004503- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_MMC:
4504
4505 Define this if you have an MMC device which you want to use for the
4506 environment.
4507
4508 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_DEV:
4509
4510 Specifies which MMC device the environment is stored in.
4511
4512 - CONFIG_SYS_MMC_ENV_PART (optional):
4513
4514 Specifies which MMC partition the environment is stored in. If not
4515 set, defaults to partition 0, the user area. Common values might be
4516 1 (first MMC boot partition), 2 (second MMC boot partition).
4517
4518 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
4519 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
4520
4521 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
4522 area within the specified MMC device.
4523
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004524 If offset is positive (the usual case), it is treated as relative to
4525 the start of the MMC partition. If offset is negative, it is treated
4526 as relative to the end of the MMC partition. This can be useful if
4527 your board may be fitted with different MMC devices, which have
4528 different sizes for the MMC partitions, and you always want the
4529 environment placed at the very end of the partition, to leave the
4530 maximum possible space before it, to store other data.
4531
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004532 These two values are in units of bytes, but must be aligned to an
4533 MMC sector boundary.
4534
4535 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
4536
4537 Specifies a second storage area, of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE size, used to
4538 hold a redundant copy of the environment data. This provides a
4539 valid backup copy in case the other copy is corrupted, e.g. due
4540 to a power failure during a "saveenv" operation.
4541
Stephen Warren5c088ee2013-06-11 15:14:02 -06004542 This value may also be positive or negative; this is handled in the
4543 same way as CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET.
4544
Stephen Warren06e4ae52013-06-11 15:14:00 -06004545 This value is also in units of bytes, but must also be aligned to
4546 an MMC sector boundary.
4547
4548 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND (optional):
4549
4550 This value need not be set, even when CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is
4551 set. If this value is set, it must be set to the same value as
4552 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
4553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004554- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004555
4556 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
4557 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
4558 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
4559 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
4560 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
4561 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
4562 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
4563
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07004564Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004565has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02004566created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004567until then to read environment variables.
4568
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004569The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
4570is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
4571with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
4572necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
4573"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
4574have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004575
4576Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
4577the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004578use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004579
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004580- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004581 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004582
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004583 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00004584 also needs to be defined.
4585
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004586- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004587 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004588
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08004589- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
4590 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
4591 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
4592 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
4593 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
4594 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
4595
Simon Glassb2b92f52012-11-30 13:01:18 +00004596- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO
4597 Display information about the board that U-Boot is running on
4598 when U-Boot starts up. The board function checkboard() is called
4599 to do this.
4600
Simon Glasse2e3e2b2012-11-30 13:01:19 +00004601- CONFIG_DISPLAY_BOARDINFO_LATE
4602 Similar to the previous option, but display this information
4603 later, once stdio is running and output goes to the LCD, if
4604 present.
4605
Sascha Silbefeb85802013-08-11 16:40:43 +02004606- CONFIG_BOARD_SIZE_LIMIT:
4607 Maximum size of the U-Boot image. When defined, the
4608 build system checks that the actual size does not
4609 exceed it.
4610
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004611Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00004612---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004613
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004614- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004615 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
4616
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004617- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00004619
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00004620 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
4621 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
4622 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004623
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004624- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
4625 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
4626 PowerPC SOCs.
4627
4628- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
4629 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
4630 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
4631
4632 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
4633 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
4634
4635- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
4636 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
4637 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00004638 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004639 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
4640 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
4641 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
4642
4643 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
4644 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
4645
4646- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02004647 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
4648 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05004649 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4650 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4651
4652- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
4653 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
4654 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
4655 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
4656
4657- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
4658 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
4659 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
4660
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004661- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004662 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004663
4664 the default drive number (default value 0)
4665
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004666 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004667
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004668 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004669 (default value 1)
4670
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004671 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004672
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004673 defines the offset of register from address. It
4674 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004675 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004676
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004677 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
4678 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004679 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004680
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004681 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004682 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
4683 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004684 source code. It is used to make hardware-dependent
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004685 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00004686
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004687- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
4688 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
4689 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
4690 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
4691 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
4692 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004693 is required.
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00004694
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004695- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004696 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00004697 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004698
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004699- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004700
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00004701 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004702 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
4703 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
4704 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
4705 will become available only after programming the
4706 memory controller and running certain initialization
4707 sequences.
4708
4709 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
4710 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
4711 - MPC824X: data cache
4712 - PPC4xx: data cache
4713
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004714- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
4716 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004717 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
4718 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004719 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02004720 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004721 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
4722 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
4723 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004724
4725 Note:
4726 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
4727 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004728 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
4730 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
4731
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004732- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004733
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004734- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004735
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004736- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004738- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004740- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004741
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004742- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004744- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004745 SDRAM timing
4746
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004747- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004748 periodic timer for refresh
4749
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004750- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004751
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004752- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
4753 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
4754 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
4755 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004756 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
4757
4758- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004759 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
4760 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004761 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
4762
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004763- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
4764 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004765 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
4766 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
4767
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004768- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004769 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4770 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
4771
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004772- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01004773 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4774 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
4775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004776- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004777 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
4778 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
4779
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004780- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004781 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
4782 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
4783 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
4784
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004785- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004786 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
4787 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
4788 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
4789 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00004790
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004791- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4792 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
4793 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
4794 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
4795 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
4796 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
4797 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
4798 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004799 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00004800
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01004801- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
4802 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
4803 required.
4804
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004805- CONFIG_PCI_ENUM_ONLY
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08004806 Only scan through and get the devices on the buses.
Andrew Sharp69fd2d32012-08-29 14:16:32 +00004807 Don't do any setup work, presumably because someone or
4808 something has already done it, and we don't need to do it
4809 a second time. Useful for platforms that are pre-booted
4810 by coreboot or similar.
4811
Gabor Juhos842033e2013-05-30 07:06:12 +00004812- CONFIG_PCI_INDIRECT_BRIDGE:
4813 Enable support for indirect PCI bridges.
4814
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004815- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
4816 Chip has SRIO or not
4817
4818- CONFIG_SRIO1:
4819 Board has SRIO 1 port available
4820
4821- CONFIG_SRIO2:
4822 Board has SRIO 2 port available
4823
Liu Gangc8b28152013-05-07 16:30:46 +08004824- CONFIG_SRIO_PCIE_BOOT_MASTER
4825 Board can support master function for Boot from SRIO and PCIE
4826
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06004827- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
4828 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4829
4830- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
4831 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4832
4833- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
4834 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
4835
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004836- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_BUSWIDTH_16BIT
4837 Defined to tell the NAND controller that the NAND chip is using
4838 a 16 bit bus.
4839 Not all NAND drivers use this symbol.
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004840 Example of drivers that use it:
Fabio Estevam66bd1842013-04-11 09:35:34 +00004841 - drivers/mtd/nand/ndfc.c
Fabio Estevama430e912013-04-11 09:35:35 +00004842 - drivers/mtd/nand/mxc_nand.c
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04004843
4844- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
4845 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
4846 a default value will be used.
4847
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004848- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004849 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
4850 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
4851
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004852 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
4853 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
4854
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004855- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004856 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
4857 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
4858 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04004859
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08004860- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
4861 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
4862 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
4863 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
4864 header files or board specific files.
4865
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07004866- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
4867 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
4868
York Sune32d59a2015-01-06 13:18:55 -08004869- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_SYNC_REFRESH
4870 Enable sync of refresh for multiple controllers.
4871
York Sun4516ff82015-03-19 09:30:28 -07004872- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_BIST
4873 Enable built-in memory test for Freescale DDR controllers.
4874
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004875- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004876 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
4877 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06004878
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004879- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
4880 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
4881
4882- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
4883 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00004884 to the given FEC; i. e.
4885 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00004886 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
4887
4888 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
4889
4890- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
4891 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
4892 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
4893
4894- CONFIG_RMII
4895 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
4896 Note that this is a global option, we can't
4897 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
4898
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00004899- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
4900 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
4901 The syntax is:
4902
4903 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
4904
4905 Where address/count indicate a memory area
4906 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
4907 area should have.
4908
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004909- CONFIG_LOOPW
4910 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004911 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00004912
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004913- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
4914 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
4915 "md/mw" commands.
4916 Examples:
4917
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004918 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004919 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
4920
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004921 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004922 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
4923
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00004924 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05004925 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00004926
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004927- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004928 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004929 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
4930 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
4931 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004932
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01004933 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
4934 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
4935 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
4936 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00004937
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00004938- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02004939 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4940 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
4941 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00004942
Ying Zhang3aa29de2013-08-16 15:16:15 +08004943- CONFIG_TPL_BUILD
4944 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
4945 that is executed after the SPL and before the actual U-Boot.
4946 It is loaded by the SPL.
4947
Ying Zhang5df572f2013-05-20 14:07:23 +08004948- CONFIG_SYS_MPC85XX_NO_RESETVEC
4949 Only for 85xx systems. If this variable is specified, the section
4950 .resetvec is not kept and the section .bootpg is placed in the
4951 previous 4k of the .text section.
4952
Simon Glass4213fc22013-02-24 17:33:14 +00004953- CONFIG_ARCH_MAP_SYSMEM
4954 Generally U-Boot (and in particular the md command) uses
4955 effective address. It is therefore not necessary to regard
4956 U-Boot address as virtual addresses that need to be translated
4957 to physical addresses. However, sandbox requires this, since
4958 it maintains its own little RAM buffer which contains all
4959 addressable memory. This option causes some memory accesses
4960 to be mapped through map_sysmem() / unmap_sysmem().
4961
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00004962- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
4963 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
4964 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
4965 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
4966 conditions but may increase the binary size.
4967
Simon Glass588a13f2013-02-14 04:18:54 +00004968- CONFIG_X86_RESET_VECTOR
4969 If defined, the x86 reset vector code is included. This is not
4970 needed when U-Boot is running from Coreboot.
Gabe Blackb16f5212012-11-27 21:08:06 +00004971
Mark Jacksonfc337052013-03-04 01:27:20 +00004972- CONFIG_SYS_MPUCLK
4973 Defines the MPU clock speed (in MHz).
4974
4975 NOTE : currently only supported on AM335x platforms.
Gabe Black5b5ece92012-11-29 16:23:41 +00004976
Heiko Schocher16678eb2013-11-04 14:05:00 +01004977- CONFIG_SPL_AM33XX_ENABLE_RTC32K_OSC:
4978 Enables the RTC32K OSC on AM33xx based plattforms
4979
Karicheri, Muralidharan999d7d32014-04-04 13:16:50 -04004980- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_NO_SUBPAGE_WRITE
4981 Option to disable subpage write in NAND driver
4982 driver that uses this:
4983 drivers/mtd/nand/davinci_nand.c
4984
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06004985Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
4986-----------------------------------
4987
4988The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
4989loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
4990This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
4991are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
4992within that device.
4993
Zhao Qiangdcf1d772014-03-21 16:21:44 +08004994- CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR
4995 The address in the storage device where the FMAN microcode is located. The
4996 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
4997 is also specified.
4998
4999- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_ADDR
5000 The address in the storage device where the QE microcode is located. The
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005001 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
5002 is also specified.
5003
5004- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
5005 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5006 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5007 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5008 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5009
5010- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
5011 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5012 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
5013 virtual address in NOR flash.
5014
5015- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
5016 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
5017 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
5018
5019- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
5020 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
5021 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5022
5023- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
5024 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
5025 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
5026
Liu Gang292dc6c2012-03-08 00:33:18 +00005027- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_REMOTE
5028 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in the remote (master)
5029 memory space. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is a virtual address which
Liu Gangfc54c7f2012-08-09 05:10:01 +00005030 can be mapped from slave TLB->slave LAW->slave SRIO or PCIE outbound
5031 window->master inbound window->master LAW->the ucode address in
5032 master's memory space.
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06005033
J. German Riverab940ca62014-06-23 15:15:55 -07005034Freescale Layerscape Management Complex Firmware Support:
5035---------------------------------------------------------
5036The Freescale Layerscape Management Complex (MC) supports the loading of
5037"firmware".
5038This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
5039are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
5040within that device.
5041
5042- CONFIG_FSL_MC_ENET
5043 Enable the MC driver for Layerscape SoCs.
5044
5045- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR
5046 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
5047 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_xxx macro
5048 is also specified.
5049
5050- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_LENGTH
5051 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
5052 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
5053 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
5054 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
5055
5056- CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_IN_NOR
5057 Specifies that MC firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
5058 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_LS_MC_FW_ADDR is the
5059 virtual address in NOR flash.
5060
Prabhakar Kushwaha5c055082015-06-02 10:55:52 +05305061Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support:
5062-------------------------------------------
5063The Freescale Layerscape Debug Server Support supports the loading of
5064"Debug Server firmware" and triggering SP boot-rom.
5065This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting.
5066
5067- CONFIG_FSL_DEBUG_SERVER
5068 Enable the Debug Server for Layerscape SoCs.
5069
5070- CONFIG_SYS_DEBUG_SERVER_DRAM_BLOCK_MIN_SIZE
5071 Define minimum DDR size required for debug server image
5072
5073- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE_MIN
5074 Define minimum DDR size to be hided from top of the DDR memory
5075
Paul Kocialkowskif3f431a2015-07-26 18:48:15 +02005076Reproducible builds
5077-------------------
5078
5079In order to achieve reproducible builds, timestamps used in the U-Boot build
5080process have to be set to a fixed value.
5081
5082This is done using the SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH environment variable.
5083SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH is to be set on the build host's shell, not as a configuration
5084option for U-Boot or an environment variable in U-Boot.
5085
5086SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH should be set to a number of seconds since the epoch, in UTC.
5087
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005088Building the Software:
5089======================
5090
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005091Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
5092and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
5093all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
5094(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
5095recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
5096which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005097
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005098If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
5099have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
5100you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
5101Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
5102necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005103
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005104 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
5105 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005106
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05005107Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
5108 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
5109 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
5110 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
5111
5112 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
5113
5114 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
5115 be executed on computers running Windows.
5116
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005117U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
5118sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005119is done by typing:
5120
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005121 make NAME_defconfig
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005122
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005123where "NAME_defconfig" is the name of one of the existing configu-
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005124rations; see boards.cfg for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00005125
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005126Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
5127 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
5128 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
5129 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005130 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005131
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005132 make TQM823L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005133 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005134
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005135 make TQM823L_LCD_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005136 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005137
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005138 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005139
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005140
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005141Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
5142images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005144- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
5145- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
5146- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005147
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005148By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
5149in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
5150this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
5151
51521. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
5153
5154 make O=/tmp/build distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005155 make O=/tmp/build NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005156 make O=/tmp/build all
5157
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +020051582. Set environment variable KBUILD_OUTPUT to point to the desired location:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005159
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005160 export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/build
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005161 make distclean
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005162 make NAME_defconfig
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005163 make all
5164
Timo Ketolaadbba992014-11-06 14:39:05 +02005165Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005166variable.
5167
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005168
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005169Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
5170for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
5171native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005172
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005173
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005174If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
5175to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
5176steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051781. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
Michael Jones4d675ae2012-03-15 22:48:10 +00005179 "boards.cfg" file, using the existing entries as examples.
5180 Follow the instructions there to keep the boards in order.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051812. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
5182 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
5183 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
51843. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
5185 your board
51863. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
5187 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +020051884. Run "make <board>_defconfig" with your new name.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000051895. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
5190 to be installed on your target system.
51916. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
5192 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005193
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005195Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
5196==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005197
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005198If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
5199or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005200provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
5201the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005202official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005203
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005204But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
5205cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005206the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
5207just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005208for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
5209select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
5210environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
5211you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005212
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005213 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005214
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005215or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005216
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005217 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005218
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005219When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
5220U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
5221setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
5222built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
5223<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
5224location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
5225variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005226
5227 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
5228 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
5229 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
5230
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005231With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
5232log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
5233during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02005234
5235
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005236See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005237
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005238
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005239Monitor Commands - Overview:
5240============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005241
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005242go - start application at address 'addr'
5243run - run commands in an environment variable
5244bootm - boot application image from memory
5245bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00005246bootz - boot zImage from memory
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005247tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
5248 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
5249 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00005250tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005251rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
5252diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
5253loads - load S-Record file over serial line
5254loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
5255md - memory display
5256mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
5257nm - memory modify (constant address)
5258mw - memory write (fill)
5259cp - memory copy
5260cmp - memory compare
5261crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05005262i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005263sspi - SPI utility commands
5264base - print or set address offset
5265printenv- print environment variables
5266setenv - set environment variables
5267saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
5268protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
5269erase - erase FLASH memory
5270flinfo - print FLASH memory information
Karl O. Pinc10635af2012-08-03 05:57:21 +00005271nand - NAND memory operations (see doc/README.nand)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005272bdinfo - print Board Info structure
5273iminfo - print header information for application image
5274coninfo - print console devices and informations
5275ide - IDE sub-system
5276loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00005277loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005278mtest - simple RAM test
5279icache - enable or disable instruction cache
5280dcache - enable or disable data cache
5281reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
5282echo - echo args to console
5283version - print monitor version
5284help - print online help
5285? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005286
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005287
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005288Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
5289========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005290
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005291TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005292
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005293For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005294
5295
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005296Environment Variables:
5297======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005298
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005299U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
5300can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005301
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005302Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
5303"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
5304without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
5305environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
5306working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
5307environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005308
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005309Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
5310
5311List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005312
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005313 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005315 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005317 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005319 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005320
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005321 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005322
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005323 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5324 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5325 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
5326 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
5327 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
5328 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005329 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
5330 bootm_mapsize.
5331
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005332 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00005333 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
5334 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
5335 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
5336 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
5337 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
5338 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02005339
5340 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
5341 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
5342 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
5343 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
5344 environment variable.
5345
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02005346 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
5347 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
5348 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
5349
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005350 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
5351 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
5352 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
5353 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005355 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
5356 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
5357 be automatically started (by internally calling
5358 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005359
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005360 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
5361 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
5362 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
5363 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
5364 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005365
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005366 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
5367 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
Shawn Guofa34f6b2012-01-09 21:54:08 +00005368 For example, if you have a system with 1 GB memory
5369 at physical address 0x10000000, while Linux kernel
5370 only recognizes the first 704 MB as low memory, you
5371 may need to set fdt_high as 0x3C000000 to have the
5372 device tree blob be copied to the maximum address
5373 of the 704 MB low memory, so that Linux kernel can
5374 access it during the boot procedure.
5375
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04005376 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
5377 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
5378 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
5379 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
5380 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
5381 must be accessible by the kernel.
5382
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00005383 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
5384 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
5385 defined.
5386
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00005387 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
5388 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
5389 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
5390 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
5391 it must be saved and board must be reset.
5392
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005393 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
5394 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
5395 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
5396 is usually what you want since it allows for
5397 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
5398 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005399 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005400 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
5401 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
5402 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
5403 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005404
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005405 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
5406 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
5407 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
5408 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
5409 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
5410 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005411
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005412 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005413
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005414 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
5415 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
5416 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
5417 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
5418 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
5419 boot time on your system, but requires that this
5420 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00005421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005422 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005423
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005424 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
5425 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005426
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005427 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005429 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00005430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005431 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005432
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005433 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005435 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005436
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005437 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005438
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00005439 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
5440 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005441
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02005442 => setenv ethact FEC
5443 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
5444 => setenv ethact SCC
5445 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005446
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01005447 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
5448 available network interfaces.
5449 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
5450
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005451 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005452 either succeed or fail without retrying.
5453 When set to "once" the network operation will
5454 fail when all the available network interfaces
5455 are tried once without success.
5456 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
5457 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005458
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01005459 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01005460
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005461 silent_linux - If set then Linux will be told to boot silently, by
Simon Glass8d51aac2013-07-16 20:10:00 -07005462 changing the console to be empty. If "yes" it will be
5463 made silent. If "no" it will not be made silent. If
5464 unset, then it will be made silent if the U-Boot console
5465 is silent.
5466
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005467 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02005468 UDP source port.
5469
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02005470 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
5471 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
5472
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01005473 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
5474 we use the TFTP server's default block size
5475
5476 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
5477 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
5478 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
5479 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
5480 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
5481 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
5482 with unreliable TFTP servers.
5483
5484 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005485 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005486 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005487
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005488The following image location variables contain the location of images
5489used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
5490not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
5491variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
5492server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
5493loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
5494flash or offset in NAND flash.
5495
5496*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
Fabio Estevamaed9fed2015-04-25 18:53:10 -03005497boards currently use other variables for these purposes, and some
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005498boards use these variables for other purposes.
5499
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005500Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
5501----- --------- ----------- --------------
5502u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
5503Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
5504device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
5505ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00005506
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005507The following environment variables may be used and automatically
5508updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
5509depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005511 bootfile - see above
5512 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
5513 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
5514 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
5515 hostname - Target hostname
5516 ipaddr - see above
5517 netmask - Subnet Mask
5518 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
5519 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005520
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00005521
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005522There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005523
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005524 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
5525 as type string and/or serial number
5526 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005528These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
5529the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
5530once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005531
5532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005533Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005535 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
5536 with the "version" command. This variable is
5537 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005538
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005540Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
5541only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005542
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005543
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005544Callback functions for environment variables:
5545---------------------------------------------
5546
5547For some environment variables, the behavior of u-boot needs to change
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005548when their values are changed. This functionality allows functions to
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005549be associated with arbitrary variables. On creation, overwrite, or
5550deletion, the callback will provide the opportunity for some side
5551effect to happen or for the change to be rejected.
5552
5553The callbacks are named and associated with a function using the
5554U_BOOT_ENV_CALLBACK macro in your board or driver code.
5555
5556These callbacks are associated with variables in one of two ways. The
5557static list can be added to by defining CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_STATIC
5558in the board configuration to a string that defines a list of
5559associations. The list must be in the following format:
5560
5561 entry = variable_name[:callback_name]
5562 list = entry[,list]
5563
5564If the callback name is not specified, then the callback is deleted.
5565Spaces are also allowed anywhere in the list.
5566
5567Callbacks can also be associated by defining the ".callbacks" variable
5568with the same list format above. Any association in ".callbacks" will
5569override any association in the static list. You can define
5570CONFIG_ENV_CALLBACK_LIST_DEFAULT to a list (string) to define the
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08005571".callbacks" environment variable in the default or embedded environment.
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005572
Joe Hershbergerbdf1fe42015-05-20 14:27:20 -05005573If CONFIG_REGEX is defined, the variable_name above is evaluated as a
5574regular expression. This allows multiple variables to be connected to
5575the same callback without explicitly listing them all out.
5576
Joe Hershberger170ab112012-12-11 22:16:24 -06005577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005578Command Line Parsing:
5579=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005580
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005581There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
5582the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00005583
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005584Old, simple command line parser:
5585--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005587- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
5588- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005589- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005590- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
5591 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01005592 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005593- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
5594 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005596Hush shell:
5597-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005598
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005599- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
5600 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
5601 until...do...done, ...
5602- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
5603 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
5604 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
5605 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005607General rules:
5608--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005609
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005610(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
5611 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
5612 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
5613 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005615(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005616 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005617 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
5618 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005619
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005620Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
5621=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005622
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005623Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005624such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
5625"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005627Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
5628MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
5629"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005630
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005631If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
5632in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
5633ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
5634variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00005635
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005636o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
5637 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005638
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005639o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
5640 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
5641 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005642
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005643o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
5644 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005645
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005646o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
5647 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
5648 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005650o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
Joe Hershbergerbef10142015-05-04 14:55:13 -05005651 is raised. If CONFIG_NET_RANDOM_ETHADDR is defined, then in this case
5652 a random, locally-assigned MAC is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005653
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005654If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00005655will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07005656may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
5657The naming convention is as follows:
5658"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005659
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005660Image Formats:
5661==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005662
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01005663U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
5664images in two formats:
5665
5666New uImage format (FIT)
5667-----------------------
5668
5669Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
5670to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
5671components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
5672SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
5673
5674
5675Old uImage format
5676-----------------
5677
5678Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
5679preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
5680details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005681
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005682* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
5683 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05005684 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
5685 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
5686 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02005687* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00005688 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
5689 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005690* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
5691* Load Address
5692* Entry Point
5693* Image Name
5694* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005695
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005696The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
5697and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
5698CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005699
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005700
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005701Linux Support:
5702==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005703
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005704Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
5705easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
5706U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005708U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
5709special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
5710"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
5711instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
5712serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005713
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005714- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
5715 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
5716 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005717
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005718- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
5719 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005721- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
5722 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
5723 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
5724 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
5725 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
5726 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005727
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005728
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005729Linux HOWTO:
5730============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005731
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005732Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
5733---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005734
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005735U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
5736configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
5737(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
5738Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005739
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005740But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005741
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005742Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
5743include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02005744Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
5745and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02005746as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005747
Simon Glass2eb31b12014-06-11 23:29:46 -06005748Note that U-Boot now has a driver model, a unified model for drivers.
5749If you are adding a new driver, plumb it into driver model. If there
5750is no uclass available, you are encouraged to create one. See
5751doc/driver-model.
5752
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005753
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005754Configuring the Linux kernel:
5755-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005756
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005757No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
5758device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005759
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005760
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005761Building a Linux Image:
5762-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005763
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005764With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
5765not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
5766"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
5767U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
5768which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
5769100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005770
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005771Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005772
Holger Freytherab584d62014-08-04 09:26:05 +02005773 make TQM850L_defconfig
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005774 make oldconfig
5775 make dep
5776 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005777
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005778The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
5779encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
5780CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005781
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005782* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005783
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005784* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005785
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005786 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
5787 -R .note -R .comment \
5788 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005789
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005790* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005792 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005793
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005794* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005795
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005796 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
5797 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
5798 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005799
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005801The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
5802with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
5803combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
5804byte header containing information about target architecture,
5805operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
5806stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005808"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
5809print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005810
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005811In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
5812contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
5813checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005815 tools/mkimage -l image
5816 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005817
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005818The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
5819from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005820
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005821 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
5822 -n name -d data_file image
5823 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
5824 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
5825 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5826 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
5827 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
5828 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
5829 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
5830 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00005831
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00005832Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
5833address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
5834kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005835
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005836- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
5837- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005838
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005839So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005840
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005841 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5842 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005843 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005844 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
5845 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5846 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5847 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5848 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5849 Load Address: 0x00000000
5850 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005851
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005852To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005853
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005854 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
5855 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5856 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5857 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5858 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
5859 Load Address: 0x00000000
5860 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005861
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005862NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
5863speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
5864needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
5865need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005866
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005867 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005868 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
5869 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02005870 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005871 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
5872 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
5873 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
5874 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
5875 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
5876 Load Address: 0x00000000
5877 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005878
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005879
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005880Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
5881when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005882
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005883 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
5884 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
5885 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
5886 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
5887 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
5888 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
5889 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
5890 Load Address: 0x00000000
5891 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005892
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005893The "dumpimage" is a tool to disassemble images built by mkimage. Its "-i"
5894option performs the converse operation of the mkimage's second form (the "-d"
5895option). Given an image built by mkimage, the dumpimage extracts a "data file"
5896from the image:
5897
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraf41f5b72015-01-15 02:54:40 -02005898 tools/dumpimage -i image -T type -p position data_file
5899 -i ==> extract from the 'image' a specific 'data_file'
5900 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
5901 -p ==> 'position' (starting at 0) of the 'data_file' inside the 'image'
Guilherme Maciel Ferreiraa804b5c2013-12-01 12:43:11 -07005902
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005903
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005904Installing a Linux Image:
5905-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005906
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005907To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
5908you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005909
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005910 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00005911
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005912The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
5913image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
5914address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
5915specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
5916command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005917
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005918Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
5919TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005920
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005921 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005922
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005923 .......... done
5924 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005925
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005926 => loads 40100000
5927 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
5928 ~>examples/image.srec
5929 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
5930 ...
5931 15989 15990 15991 15992
5932 [file transfer complete]
5933 [connected]
5934 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005935
5936
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005937You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01005938this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005939corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005941 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005942
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005943 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5944 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5945 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5946 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5947 Load Address: 00000000
5948 Entry Point: 0000000c
5949 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005950
5951
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005952Boot Linux:
5953-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005954
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005955The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
5956memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
5957of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
5958parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
5959"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005960
5961
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005962 => printenv bootargs
5963 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005964
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005965 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005966
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005967 => printenv bootargs
5968 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005969
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005970 => bootm 40020000
5971 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
5972 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
5973 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5974 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
5975 Load Address: 00000000
5976 Entry Point: 0000000c
5977 Verifying Checksum ... OK
5978 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
5979 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
5980 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
5981 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
5982 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
5983 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
5984 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005985
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02005986If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005987the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
5988format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005989
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005990 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005991
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00005992 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
5993 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
5994 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
5995 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
5996 Load Address: 00000000
5997 Entry Point: 0000000c
5998 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00005999
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006000 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
6001 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6002 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6003 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6004 Load Address: 00000000
6005 Entry Point: 00000000
6006 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006007
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006008 => bootm 40100000 40200000
6009 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
6010 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
6011 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6012 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
6013 Load Address: 00000000
6014 Entry Point: 0000000c
6015 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6016 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6017 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
6018 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
6019 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
6020 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
6021 Load Address: 00000000
6022 Entry Point: 00000000
6023 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6024 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
6025 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
6026 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
6027 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
6028 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
6029 ...
6030 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
6031 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006032
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006033 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006034
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006035Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
6036-----------
6037
6038First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
6039titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
6040following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
6041flat device tree:
6042
6043=> print oftaddr
6044oftaddr=0x300000
6045=> print oft
6046oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
6047=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
6048Speed: 1000, full duplex
6049Using TSEC0 device
6050TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
6051Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
6052Load address: 0x300000
6053Loading: #
6054done
6055Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
6056=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
6057Speed: 1000, full duplex
6058Using TSEC0 device
6059TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
6060Filename 'uImage'.
6061Load address: 0x200000
6062Loading:############
6063done
6064Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
6065=> print loadaddr
6066loadaddr=200000
6067=> print oftaddr
6068oftaddr=0x300000
6069=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
6070## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006071 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
6072 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
6073 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006074 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01006075 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05006076 Verifying Checksum ... OK
6077 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
6078Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
6079Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
6080Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
6081[snip]
6082
6083
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006084More About U-Boot Image Types:
6085------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006086
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006087U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006088
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006089 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
6090 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
6091 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
6092 the Standalone Program.
6093 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
6094 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
6095 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
6096 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
6097 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
6098 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
6099 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
6100 being started.
6101 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
6102 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
6103 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
6104 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
6105 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
6106 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006107
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006108 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
6109 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
6110 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
6111 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
6112 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
6113 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006114
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006115 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
6116 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
6117 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00006118
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006119 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
6120 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
6121 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
6122 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00006123
Marek Vasut44f074c2012-03-14 21:52:45 +00006124Booting the Linux zImage:
6125-------------------------
6126
6127On some platforms, it's possible to boot Linux zImage. This is done
6128using the "bootz" command. The syntax of "bootz" command is the same
6129as the syntax of "bootm" command.
6130
Tom Rini8ac28562013-05-16 11:40:11 -04006131Note, defining the CONFIG_SUPPORT_RAW_INITRD allows user to supply
Marek Vasut017e1f32012-03-18 11:47:58 +00006132kernel with raw initrd images. The syntax is slightly different, the
6133address of the initrd must be augmented by it's size, in the following
6134format: "<initrd addres>:<initrd size>".
6135
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006137Standalone HOWTO:
6138=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006140One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
6141run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
6142U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006143
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006144Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006145
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006146"Hello World" Demo:
6147-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006148
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006149'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
6150application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
6151It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
6152like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006153
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006154 => loads
6155 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6156 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
6157 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6158 [file transfer complete]
6159 [connected]
6160 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006161
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006162 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
6163 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6164 Hello World
6165 argc = 7
6166 argv[0] = "40004"
6167 argv[1] = "Hello"
6168 argv[2] = "World!"
6169 argv[3] = "This"
6170 argv[4] = "is"
6171 argv[5] = "a"
6172 argv[6] = "test."
6173 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
6174 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006175
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006176 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006177
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006178Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
6179handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
6180Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
6181The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
6182character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
6183controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006185 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
6186 b - enable interrupts and start timer
6187 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
6188 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006189
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006190 => loads
6191 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
6192 ~>examples/timer.srec
6193 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
6194 [file transfer complete]
6195 [connected]
6196 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006197
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006198 => go 40004
6199 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
6200 TIMERS=0xfff00980
6201 Using timer 1
6202 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006203
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006204Hit 'b':
6205 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
6206 Enabling timer
6207Hit '?':
6208 [q, b, e, ?] ........
6209 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
6210Hit '?':
6211 [q, b, e, ?] .
6212 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
6213Hit '?':
6214 [q, b, e, ?] .
6215 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
6216Hit '?':
6217 [q, b, e, ?] .
6218 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
6219Hit 'e':
6220 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
6221Hit 'q':
6222 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006223
6224
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006225Minicom warning:
6226================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006227
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006228Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
6229"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
6230consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
6231Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
6232especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
Karl O. Pince53515a2012-10-01 05:11:56 +00006233use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command). See
6234http://www.denx.de/wiki/view/DULG/SystemSetup#Section_4.3.
6235for help with kermit.
6236
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00006237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006238Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
6239configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006240
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006241 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
6242 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
6243 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00006244
6245
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006246NetBSD Notes:
6247=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006248
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006249Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
6250(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006251
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006252Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
6253NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
6254need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
6255Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
6256attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
6257missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006258
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006259 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
6260 # mkdir powerpc
6261 # ln -s powerpc machine
6262 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
6263 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006264
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006265Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
6266and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006267
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006268Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
6269stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
6270proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
6271tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00006272meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006273
6274
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006275Implementation Internals:
6276=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006277
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006278The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
6279implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
6280inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
6281hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006282
6283
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006284Initial Stack, Global Data:
6285---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006286
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006287The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
6288starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
6289system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
6290This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
6291is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
6292at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
6293options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
6294models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
6295MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
6296locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006297
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006298 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006299 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006300
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006301 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
6302 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
6303 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
6304 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006305
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006306 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
6307 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
6308 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
6309 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
6310 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006311 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006312 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
6313 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006314
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006315 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
6316 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006317 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006318 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
6319 board designers haven't used it for something that would
6320 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
6321 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006322
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006323 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006324 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
6325 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02006326 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006327 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
6328 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
6329 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
6330 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
6331 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006332
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006333 -Chris Hallinan
6334 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00006335
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006336It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
6337code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006338
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006339* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
6340 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006341
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006342* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitly initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006343 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
6344 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006345
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006346* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
6347 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006349Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006350normal global data to share information between the code. But it
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006351turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
6352simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
6353functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
6354functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
6355the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
6356place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
6357reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006358
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006359When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
6360relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
6361GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006362
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006363For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
6364 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006365 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006366 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
6367 R5-R10: parameter passing
6368 R13: small data area pointer
6369 R30: GOT pointer
6370 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006371
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01006372 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
6373 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
6374 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006375
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01006376 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006377
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006378 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
6379 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
6380 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
6381 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
6382 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
6383 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006384
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006385On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006386 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
6387
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00006388 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05006389
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006390On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006391
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006392 R0: function argument word/integer result
6393 R1-R3: function argument word
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006394 R9: platform specific
6395 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking is enabled)
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006396 R11: argument (frame) pointer
6397 R12: temporary workspace
6398 R13: stack pointer
6399 R14: link register
6400 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006401
Jeroen Hofstee12eba1b2013-09-21 14:04:42 +02006402 ==> U-Boot will use R9 to hold a pointer to the global data
6403
6404 Note: on ARM, only R_ARM_RELATIVE relocations are supported.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006405
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08006406On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
6407 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
6408
6409 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
6410
6411 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
6412 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
6413
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00006414On NDS32, the following registers are used:
6415
6416 R0-R1: argument/return
6417 R2-R5: argument
6418 R15: temporary register for assembler
6419 R16: trampoline register
6420 R28: frame pointer (FP)
6421 R29: global pointer (GP)
6422 R30: link register (LP)
6423 R31: stack pointer (SP)
6424 PC: program counter (PC)
6425
6426 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
6427
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02006428NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
6429or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006430
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006431Memory Management:
6432------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006433
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006434U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
6435MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006436
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006437The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
6438controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
6439memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
6440physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006441
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006442U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
6443TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
6444booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
6445to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02006446memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006447configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
6448Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006449
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006450Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
6451of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006453So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
6454this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006456 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
6457 :
6458 0x0000 1FFF
6459 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
6460 :
6461 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006463 :
6464 :
6465 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
6466 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
6467 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
6468 :
6469 0x00FD FFFF
6470 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
6471 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
6472 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
6473 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006474
6475
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006476System Initialization:
6477----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006478
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006479In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02006480(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006481configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the on board Flash memory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006482To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
6483To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
6484initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
6485which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
6486part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
6487the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006488
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006489Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
6490preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
6491(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
6492on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
6493programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
6494simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
6495banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006496
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006497When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
6498different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
6499bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
65000x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
6501contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006502
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006503Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
6504and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
6505Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
6506pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006507
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006508Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
6509until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
6510running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
6511new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006512
6513
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006514U-Boot Porting Guide:
6515----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006516
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006517[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
6518list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006519
6520
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006521int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006522{
6523 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006524
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006525 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
6526 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006527
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006528 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006529 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006530 return 0;
6531 }
6532
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006533 Download latest U-Boot source;
6534
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006535 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006536
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006537 if (clueless)
6538 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006539
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006540 while (learning) {
6541 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006542 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
6543 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006544 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006545 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006546 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006547
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006548 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
6549 Buy a BDI3000;
6550 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006551 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006552
6553 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
6554 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
6555 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
6556 } else {
6557 Create your own board support subdirectory;
6558 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006559 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006560 Edit new board/<myboard> files
6561 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006562
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04006563 while (!accepted) {
6564 while (!running) {
6565 do {
6566 Add / modify source code;
6567 } until (compiles);
6568 Debug;
6569 if (clueless)
6570 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
6571 }
6572 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
6573 if (reasonable critiques)
6574 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
6575 else
6576 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006577 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006578
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006579 return 0;
6580}
6581
6582void no_more_time (int sig)
6583{
6584 hire_a_guru();
6585}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006586
6587
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006588Coding Standards:
6589-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006590
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006591All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006592coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006593"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006594
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006595Source files originating from a different project (for example the
6596MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
Jeremiah Mahlerb445bbb2015-01-04 18:56:50 -08006597reformatted to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02006598sources.
6599
6600Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
6601Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
6602in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006603
6604Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
6605- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006606- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006607- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006608- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006609- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
6610
6611Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
6612with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006613
6614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006615Submitting Patches:
6616-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006617
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006618Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
6619establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
6620may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006621
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02006622Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006623
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006624Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
6625see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
6626
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006627When you send a patch, please include the following information with
6628it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006629
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006630* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
6631 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
6632 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006633
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006634* For new features: a description of the feature and your
6635 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00006636
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006637* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
6638
6639* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
6640
Albert ARIBAUD27af9302013-09-11 15:52:51 +02006641* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add a
6642 maintainer e-mail address to the boards.cfg file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006643
6644* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
6645 document these in the README file.
6646
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006647* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
6648 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00006649 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006650 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
6651 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006652
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006653 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
6654 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
6655 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006656
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01006657 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
6658 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
6659 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
6660 affected files).
6661
6662 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
6663 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00006664
6665* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
6666 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
6667
6668* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
6669 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
6670
6671
6672Notes:
6673
6674* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
6675 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
6676 for any of the boards.
6677
6678* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
6679 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
6680 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
6681
6682* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
6683 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
6684 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
6685 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
6686 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
6687 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00006688
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01006689* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
6690 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
6691 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
6692 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.